JP6775483B2 - Pharmaceuticals consisting of 1,4-di-substituted imidazole derivatives - Google Patents

Description

The present invention relates to 1,4-di-substituted imidazole derivatives useful as pharmaceuticals, pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, and antitumor agents containing them as active ingredients.

Even if the conventional cancer treatment can regress the cancer tumor, a meaningful survival effect may not be expected due to the continuous growth of the malignant tumor, the metastasis / recurrence of the cancer, and the resistance to the antitumor agent. In recent years, it has been suggested that cancer stem cells (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "CSC") are closely involved in the continuous growth of malignant tumors as one of the reasons. CSCs have been identified in almost all major human cancer types such as breast cancer, colon cancer, lung cancer, and hematological malignancies (Non-Patent Document 1). In addition, CSCs are usually differentiated from CSCs. Since the biological properties of cancer cells are significantly different from those of cancer cells, the creation of antitumor agents targeting CSC is expected as a new target for cancer treatment (Non-Patent Document 2).

One of the characteristics of CSC is that it has self-renewal ability (Non-Patent Document 3). As an established and reliable method for measuring the self-renewal ability of cells, there is a measurement of cancer cell sphere formation ability in a non-adhesive state in the absence of serum (Non-Patent Document 4).

Non-Patent Document 5 discloses that PF-0384014 having an N-imidazolylamide skeleton has an anticancer effect by inhibiting CSC. However, Non-Patent Document 5 does not disclose any compound represented by the formula (1') of the present invention.

Boman et al., Journal of Clinical Oncology 26 (17): 2795-2799. 2008 Lobo et al., Annu Rev Cell Dev Biol 23: 675-99. 2007 Al-Hajj et al., Oncogene 23 (43): 7274-82. 2004 Ponti et al., Cancer Res 65 (13): 5506-11. 2005 Zhang et al., Stem Cells Translational Medicine 2: 233-242. 2013

An object of the present invention is to provide a compound useful as a novel antitumor agent targeting CSC, which is considered to be deeply involved in persistent growth of malignant tumor, metastasis of cancer, recurrence and resistance to antitumor agent. There is.

As a result of diligent studies, the present inventors have found that the compound represented by the following formula (1') or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof (hereinafter, may be referred to as "the compound of the present invention"). We have found that it has an excellent inhibitory effect on cancer cell sphere forming ability and is very useful as a novel antitumor agent, and have completed the present invention.

［式中、環Ｑ^１は、置換されていてもよいＣ_６−１０アリール基、置換されていてもよいＣ_３−１０シクロアルキル基、または置換されていてもよい５員〜１０員のヘテロアリール基を表し；
Ｒ^１およびＲ^２は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、またはＣ_１−６アルキル基（該基は同種または異種の１〜３個のハロゲン原子で置換されていてもよい）を表し；
Ｗ^１は、置換されていてもよいＣ_１−４アルキレン基を表し；
Ｗ^２−Ｑ^２は、−ＮＲ^３ａＣ（Ｏ）−Ｑ^２、−ＮＲ^３ａＣ（Ｏ）Ｏ−Ｑ^２、−ＮＲ^３ａＣ（Ｏ）ＯＣＨ_２−Ｑ^２、−ＮＲ^３ａＣ（Ｏ）ＮＲ^３ｂ−Ｑ^２、−ＮＲ^３ａＣ（Ｏ）ＮＲ^３ｂＣＨ_２−Ｑ^２、−ＮＲ^３ａＣ（Ｏ）ＣＨ_２Ｏ−Ｑ^２、−ＮＲ^３ａＣ（Ｏ）ＣＨ_２−Ｑ^２、−ＮＲ^３ａＣ（Ｏ）ＣＨ_２ＣＨ_２−Ｑ^２、−Ｃ（Ｏ）ＮＲ^３ａ−Ｑ^２、−Ｃ（Ｏ）ＮＲ^３ａＣＨ_２−Ｑ^２、−Ｃ（Ｏ）ＮＲ^３ａＣＨ_２ＣＨ_２−Ｑ^２、または−ＮＲ^３ａＣ（Ｏ）−ＣＲ^３ｃ＝ＣＲ^３ｄ−Ｑ^２（ここにおいて、Ｒ^３ａおよびＲ^３ｂは、独立して、水素原子またはＣ_１−６アルキル基を表し；Ｒ^３ｃおよびＲ^３ｄは、独立して、水素原子、フッ素原子、またはＣ_１−６アルキル基を表す）を表し；
環Ｑ^２は５員〜１０員のヘテロアリール基を表し；
Ｗ^３は、置換されていてもよいＣ_１−４アルキレン基、置換されていてもよいＣ_３−４アルケニレン基、または置換されていてもよいＣ_３−４アルキニレン基を表し；
ｎは、１、２、３、４または５を表し；
Ｒ^４は、複数ある場合はそれぞれ独立して、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、置換されていてもよいＣ_１−６アルキル基、置換されていてもよいＣ_１−６アルコキシ基、置換されていてもよいＣ_３−１０シクロアルキル基、置換されていてもよいＣ_２−６アルケニル基、置換されていてもよいＣ_２−６アルキニル基、シアノ基、置換されていてもよいＣ_１−６アルキル−カルボニル基、置換されていてもよいＣ_１−６アルキルスルホニル基、置換されていてもよいＣ_１−６アルコキシ−カルボニル基、置換されていてもよいＣ_１−６アルキル−カルボニルアミノ基、置換されていてもよいＣ_１−６アルキルスルホニルアミノ基、置換されていてもよいＣ_１−６アルコキシ−カルボニルアミノ基、置換されていてもよいＣ_１−６アルキル−カルボニルオキシ基、置換されていてもよいアミノ基、置換されていてもよいアミノカルボニル基、置換されていてもよいアミノスルホニル基、置換されていてもよい５員もしくは６員の環状アミノ基、置換されていてもよい５員もしくは６員の環状アミノカルボニル基、ニトロ基、またはカルボキシル基を表し；
ここにおいて、Ｒ^４およびＷ^３が環Ｑ^２上の隣接する炭素原子に結合している場合は、それらが結合する炭素原子と一緒になって５員〜８員のシクロアルカン環を形成してもよく；
Ｒ^５は、
（１）ヒドロキシ基、
（２）Ｃ_１−６アルコキシ基（該基は、ハロゲン原子、ヒドロキシ、Ｃ_１−６アルコキシ、およびＣ_６−１０アリール（該基は、ハロゲン原子、Ｃ_１−６アルキル、およびＣ_１−６アルコキシからなる群から選択される同種または異種の１〜４個の基で置換されていてもよい）からなる群から選択される同種または異種の１〜３個の基で置換されていてもよい）、
（３）アミノ基（該基は同種または異種の１〜２個のＣ_１−６アルキルで置換されていてもよい）、または
（４）Ｃ_１−６アルキル−カルボニルアミノ基（該アルキルは同種または異種の１〜３個のハロゲン原子で置換されていてもよい）を表す]で表される化合物、またはその製薬学的に許容される塩からなる医薬。 That is, the present invention is as follows.
[1] Equation (1'):

[Wherein ring Q ¹ represents an optionally substituted C _6-10 aryl group, an optionally substituted C _3-10 cycloalkyl group or an optionally substituted 5-membered to 10-membered heterocyclic, Represents an aryl group;
R ¹ and R ² each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or a C _1-6 alkyl group (the group may be substituted with 1 to 3 halogen atoms of the same or different species). ;
W ¹ represents an _optionally substituted C _1-4 alkylene group;
W ² -Q ² is -NR ^3a C (O) -Q ² , -NR ^3a C (O) O-Q ² , -NR ^3a C (O) OCH ₂ -Q ² , -NR ^3a C (O) NR ^3b- Q ² , -NR ^3a C (O) NR ^3b CH _2- Q ² , -NR ^3a C (O) CH ₂ O-Q ² , -NR ^3a C (O) CH _2- Q ² , -NR ^3a C (O) CH ₂ CH _2- Q ² , -C (O) NR ^3a- Q ² , -C (O) NR ^3a CH _2- Q ² , -C (O) NR ^3a CH ₂ CH _2- Q ² , or -NR ^3a C (O) -CR ^3c = CR ^3d- Q ² (where R ^3a and R ^3b independently represent a hydrogen atom or C _1-6 alkyl group; R ^3c and R ^3d independently represents a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, or a C _1-6 alkyl group);
Ring ^{Q 2} is represents a 5-membered to 10-membered heteroaryl group;
W ³ represents an optionally substituted C _1-4 alkylene group, an optionally substituted C _3-4 alkenylene group, or an optionally substituted C _3-4 alquinylene group;
n represents 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5;
When there are a plurality of R ⁴ , they are independently hydrogen atom, halogen atom, C _1-6 alkyl group which may be substituted, C _1-6 alkoxy group which may be substituted, and may be substituted. good _{C 3-10} cycloalkyl group, an optionally substituted _{C 2-6} alkenyl group, an optionally substituted _{C 2-6} alkynyl group, a cyano group, a _{C 1-6} alkyl optionally substituted - Carbonyl group, optionally substituted C _1-6 alkylsulfonyl group, optionally substituted C _1-6 alkoxy-carbonyl group, optionally substituted C _1-6 alkyl-carbonylamino group, substituted which may be C _1-6 alkylsulfonylamino group, an optionally substituted C _1-6 alkoxy - carbonyl group, a C _1-6 alkyl optionally substituted - carbonyloxy group, optionally substituted Good amino group, optionally substituted aminocarbonyl group, optionally substituted aminosulfonyl group, optionally substituted 5- or 6-membered cyclic amino group, optionally substituted 5- or 6-membered Represents a member cyclic aminocarbonyl group, nitro group, or carboxyl group;
Here, if the R ⁴ and W ³ are attached to adjacent carbon atoms on ring Q ^2, to form a cycloalkane ring of 5-membered to 8-membered together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached Well;
R ⁵ is
(1) Hydroxy group,
(2) C _1-6 alkoxy group (the group is a halogen atom, hydroxy, C _1-6 alkoxy, and C _6-10 aryl (the group is a halogen atom, C _1-6 alkyl, and C _1-6). It may be substituted with 1 to 4 groups of the same or different species selected from the group consisting of alkoxy) and may be substituted with 1 to 3 groups of the same or different species selected from the group consisting of ),
(3) Amino group (the group may be substituted with one or two C _1-6 alkyls of the same or different species), or (4) C _1-6 alkyl-carbonylamino group (the alkyl is the same). Alternatively, it may be substituted with 1 to 3 different halogen atoms)], or a drug comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

［式中、環Ｑ^１は、置換されていてもよいＣ_６−１０アリール基、置換されていてもよいＣ_３−１０シクロアルキル基、または置換されていてもよい５員〜１０員のヘテロアリール基を表し；
Ｒ^１およびＲ^２は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、またはＣ_１−６アルキル基（該基は同種または異種の１〜３個のハロゲン原子で置換されていてもよい）を表し；
Ｗ^１は、置換されていてもよいＣ_１−４アルキレン基を表し；
Ｗ^２−Ｑ^２は、−ＮＲ^３ａＣ（Ｏ）−Ｑ^２、−ＮＲ^３ａＣ（Ｏ）Ｏ−Ｑ^２、−ＮＲ^３ａＣ（Ｏ）ＯＣＨ_２−Ｑ^２、−ＮＲ^３ａＣ（Ｏ）ＮＲ^３ｂ−Ｑ^２、−ＮＲ^３ａＣ（Ｏ）ＮＲ^３ｂＣＨ_２−Ｑ^２、−ＮＲ^３ａＣ（Ｏ）ＣＨ_２Ｏ−Ｑ^２、−ＮＲ^３ａＣ（Ｏ）ＣＨ_２−Ｑ^２、−ＮＲ^３ａＣ（Ｏ）ＣＨ_２ＣＨ_２−Ｑ^２、−Ｃ（Ｏ）ＮＲ^３ａ−Ｑ^２、−Ｃ（Ｏ）ＮＲ^３ａＣＨ_２−Ｑ^２、または−Ｃ（Ｏ）ＮＲ^３ａＣＨ_２ＣＨ_２−Ｑ^２（ここにおいて、Ｒ^３ａおよびＲ^３ｂは、独立して、水素原子またはＣ_１−６アルキル基を表す）を表し；
環Ｑ^２は、５員〜１０員のヘテロアリール基を表し；
Ｗ^３は、置換されていてもよいＣ_１−４アルキレン基、置換されていてもよいＣ_３−４アルケニレン基、または置換されていてもよいＣ_３−４アルキニレン基を表し；
ｎは、１、２、３、４または５を表し；
Ｒ^４は、複数ある場合はそれぞれ独立して、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、置換されていてもよいＣ_１−６アルキル基、置換されていてもよいＣ_１−６アルコキシ基、置換されていてもよいＣ_３−１０シクロアルキル基、置換されていてもよいＣ_２−６アルケニル基、置換されていてもよいＣ_２−６アルキニル基、シアノ基、または置換されていてもよいアミノ基を表し；
ここにおいて、Ｒ^４およびＷ^３が環Ｑ^２上の隣接する炭素原子に結合している場合は、それらが結合する炭素原子と一緒になって５員〜８員のシクロアルカン環を形成してもよく；
Ｒ^５は、
（１）ヒドロキシ基、
（２）Ｃ_１−６アルコキシ基（該基は、ハロゲン原子、ヒドロキシ、Ｃ_１−６アルコキシ、およびＣ_６−１０アリール（該基は、ハロゲン原子、Ｃ_１−６アルキル、およびＣ_１−６アルコキシからなる群から選択される同種または異種の１〜４個の基で置換されていてもよい）からなる群から選択される同種または異種の１〜３個の基で置換されていてもよい）、
（３）アミノ基（該基は同種または異種の１〜２個のＣ_１−６アルキルで置換されていてもよい）、または
（４）Ｃ_１−６アルキル−カルボニルアミノ基（該アルキルは同種または異種の１〜３個のハロゲン原子で置換されていてもよい）を表す]で表される化合物、またはその製薬学的に許容される塩からなる医薬。 [2] Equation (1):

[Wherein ring Q ¹ represents an optionally substituted C _6-10 aryl group, an optionally substituted C _3-10 cycloalkyl group or an optionally substituted 5-membered to 10-membered heterocyclic, Represents an aryl group;
R ¹ and R ² each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or a C _1-6 alkyl group (the group may be substituted with 1 to 3 halogen atoms of the same or different species). ;
W ¹ represents an _optionally substituted C _1-4 alkylene group;
W ² -Q ² is -NR ^3a C (O) -Q ² , -NR ^3a C (O) O-Q ² , -NR ^3a C (O) OCH ₂ -Q ² , -NR ^3a C (O) NR ^3b- Q ² , -NR ^3a C (O) NR ^3b CH _2- Q ² , -NR ^3a C (O) CH ₂ O-Q ² , -NR ^3a C (O) CH _2- Q ² , -NR ^3a C (O) CH ₂ CH _2- Q ² , -C (O) NR ^3a- Q ² , -C (O) NR ^3a CH _2- Q ² , or -C (O) NR ^3a CH ₂ CH _2- Represents Q ² (where R ^3a and R ^3b independently represent a hydrogen atom or a C _1-6 alkyl group);
Ring ^{Q 2} are represent 5-membered to 10-membered heteroaryl group;
W ³ represents an optionally substituted C _1-4 alkylene group, an optionally substituted C _3-4 alkenylene group, or an optionally substituted C _3-4 alquinylene group;
n represents 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5;
R ⁴ is, if there are a plurality of independently, a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an optionally substituted C _1-6 alkyl group, optionally substituted C _1-6 alkoxy group, optionally substituted good C _3-10 cycloalkyl group, an optionally substituted C _2-6 alkenyl group, an optionally substituted C _2-6 alkynyl group, a cyano group, or an optionally substituted amino group;
Here, if the R ⁴ and W ³ are attached to adjacent carbon atoms on ring Q ^2, to form a cycloalkane ring of 5-membered to 8-membered together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached Well;
R ⁵ is
(1) Hydroxy group,
(2) C _1-6 alkoxy group (the group is a halogen atom, hydroxy, C _1-6 alkoxy, and C _6-10 aryl (the group is a halogen atom, C _1-6 alkyl, and C _1-6). It may be substituted with 1 to 4 groups of the same or different species selected from the group consisting of alkoxy) and may be substituted with 1 to 3 groups of the same or different species selected from the group consisting of ),
(3) Amino group (the group may be substituted with one or two C _1-6 alkyls of the same or different species), or (4) C _1-6 alkyl-carbonylamino group (the alkyl is the same). Alternatively, it may be substituted with 1 to 3 different halogen atoms)], or a drug comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

[3] ring ^{Q 1} is,
(1) C _6-10 aryl group (the group is
(A) Halogen atom,
(B) C _1-6 alkyl (the group may be substituted with 1-3 groups of the same or different species selected from the group consisting of halogen atoms, hydroxys, and C _1-6 alkoxy),
(C) C _1-6 alkoxy (the group may be substituted with 1-3 groups of the same or different species selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, and C _1-6 alkoxy),
(D) Cyano,
(E) C _6-10 aryl (the group is substituted with 1 to 4 similar or heterologous groups selected from the group consisting of halogen atoms, C _1-6 alkyl, and C _1-6 alkoxy. May be good),
(F) 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl (the group is substituted with 1 to 4 groups of the same or different species selected from the group consisting of halogen atoms, C _1-6 alkyl, and C _1-6 alkoxy. May have been),
(G) C _6-10 aryloxy (the group is substituted with 1 to 4 groups of the same or different species selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, C _1-6 alkyl, and C _1-6 alkoxy. May be),
(H) Hydroxy,
(I) Amino (the group may be substituted with one or two C _1-6 alkyls of the same or different species),
(J) Aminocarbonyl (the amino may be substituted with one or two C _1-6 alkyls of the same or different species),
(K) C _1-6 Alkoxy-carbonyl (the alkoxy may be substituted with 1-3 groups of the same or different species selected from the group consisting of halogen atoms, hydroxys, and C _1-6 alkoxy. ),
(L) C _1-6 alkyl-carbonyl (the alkyl may be substituted with 1-3 groups of the same or different species selected from the group consisting of halogen atoms, hydroxys, and C _1-6 alkoxy. ),
(M) C _1-6 alkyl sulfonyl (the alkyl may be substituted with 1 to 3 groups of the same or different species selected from the group consisting of halogen atoms, hydroxys, and C _1-6 alkoxy). ,
(N) C _1-6 alkyl-carbonylamino, even if the alkyl is substituted with 1-3 groups of the same or different species selected from the group consisting of halogen atoms, hydroxys, and C _1-6 alkoxy. Good),
(O) C _1-6 alkylsulfonylamino (the alkyl may be substituted with 1-3 groups of the same or different species selected from the group consisting of halogen atoms, hydroxys, and C _1-6 alkoxys. ),
(P) C _1-6 alkoxy-carbonylamino, even if the alkoxy is substituted with 1-3 groups of the same or different species selected from the group consisting of halogen atoms, hydroxys, and C _1-6 alkoxy. Good),
(Q) C _1-6 alkyl-carbonyloxy, even if the alkyl is substituted with 1-3 groups of the same or different species selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, and C _1-6 alkoxy. Good),
(R) Aminosulfonyl (the amino may be substituted with one or two C _1-6 alkyls of the same or different species), and (s) C _3-10 cycloalkyl (the group is a halogen atom, It may be substituted with 1 to 4 groups of the same or different species selected from the group consisting of hydroxy and C _1-6 alkoxy).
It may be substituted with 1 to 5 groups of the same or different species selected from the group consisting of),
(2) C _3-10 cycloalkyl group (the group is replaced with 1 to 5 groups of the same type or different types selected from the group consisting of (a) to (s) of (1) above in this section. (3) A 5-membered to 10-membered heteroaryl group (the group is the same species or the same group selected from the group consisting of (a) to (s) of (1) above in this section. It may be substituted with 1 to 5 different groups);
W ¹ may be substituted with a C _1-4 alkylene group, which is the same or dissimilar 1 to 4 groups selected from the group consisting of halogen atoms, hydroxys, and C _1-6 alkoxys. ) And;
W ³
(1) C _1-4 alkylene group (the group may be substituted with 1 to 4 groups of the same type or different types selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, and C _1-6 alkoxy). ,
(2) C _3-4 alkenylene group (the group may be substituted with one or two halogen atoms of the same or different species), or (3) C _3-4 alquinylene group (the group may be the same or different). It may be replaced with one or two halogen atoms of);
R ⁴ is, if there are a plurality of independently,
(1) Hydrogen atom,
(2) Halogen atom,
(3) C _1-6 alkyl group (the group may be substituted with 1 to 3 groups of the same type or different types selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, and C _1-6 alkoxy). ,
(4) C _1-6 Alkoxy Group (The group may be substituted with 1 to 3 groups of the same type or different types selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, and C _1-6 alkoxy). ,
(5) C _3-10 cycloalkyl group (the group may be substituted with 1 to 4 groups of the same type or different types selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, and C _1-6 alkoxy. ),
(6) C _2-6 alkenyl group (the group may be substituted with one or two halogen atoms of the same type or different types),
(7) C _2-6 alkynyl group (the group may be substituted with one or two halogen atoms of the same type or different types),
It is (8) a cyano group, or (9) an amino group (the group may be substituted with one or two C _1-6 alkyls of the same or different species);
Here, if the R ⁴ and W ³ are attached to adjacent carbon atoms on ring Q ^2, to form a cycloalkane ring of 5-membered to 8-membered together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached The medicament according to [1] or [2].

[4] the ring ^{Q 1} is (1) phenyl group (said group,
(A) Halogen atom,
(B) C _1-6 alkyl (the group may be substituted with 1-3 groups of the same or different species selected from the group consisting of halogen atoms, hydroxys, and C _1-6 alkoxy),
(C) C _1-6 alkoxy (the group may be substituted with 1-3 groups of the same or different species selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, and C _1-6 alkoxy),
(D) Cyano,
(E) Phenyl (the group may be substituted with 1 to 4 groups of the same or different species selected from the group consisting of halogen atoms, C _1-6 alkyl, and C _1-6 alkoxy),
(F) 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl (the group is substituted with 1 to 4 groups of the same or different species selected from the group consisting of halogen atoms, C _1-6 alkyl, and C _1-6 alkoxy. (May be), and (g) phenoxy (the group is one to four groups of the same or different species selected from the group consisting of halogen atoms, C _1-6 alkyl, and C _1-6 alkoxy. May have been replaced)
It may be substituted with 1 to 5 groups of the same or different species selected from the group consisting of),
(2) C _3-7 cycloalkyl group (the group is replaced with 1 to 4 groups of the same type or different types selected from the group consisting of (a) to (g) of (1) above in this section. (May be), or (3) a pyridyl group (the group is 1 to 4 of the same or different species selected from the group consisting of (a) to (g) of (1) above in this section. May be substituted with a group)
The drug according to any one of [1] to [3].

[5] ring ^{Q 1} is a phenyl group (said group,
(A) Halogen atom,
(B) C _1-6 alkyl (the group may be substituted with 1-3 halogen atoms of the same or different species), and (c) C _1-6 alkoxy (the group may be 1 of the same or different). May be substituted with ~ 3 halogen atoms)
The medicament according to any one of [1] to [4], which may be substituted with 1 to 5 groups of the same type or different types selected from the group consisting of.

[6] W ¹ is a methylene group (the group may be substituted with 1 to 2 halogen atoms of the same or different species) or an ethylene group (the group is 1 to 4 halogen atoms of the same or different species). The medicament according to any one of [1] to [5], which may be substituted with (1).

[7] W ^2- Q ² is -NR ^3a C (O) -Q ² , -NR ^3a C (O) CH ₂ O-Q ² , or -C (O) NR ^3a- Q ² (here, The pharmaceutical according to any one of [1] to [6], wherein R ^3a represents a hydrogen atom or a C _1-6 alkyl group).

[8] The medicament according to any one of [1] to [7], wherein W ^2- Q ² is -NHC (O) -Q ² or -C (O) NH-Q ² .

[9] ring Q ² is a pyridyl group, pyrimidyl group, pyridazinyl group, pyrazinyl group, oxazolyl group, thiazolyl group, isoxazolyl group, isothiazolyl group, quinolinyl group, isoquinolinyl group, quinazolinyl group, or quinoxalinyl group, [1] The pharmaceutical product according to any one of [8].

[10] ring Q ² is a pyridyl group, pyridazinyl group, pyrazinyl group, oxazolyl group, thiazolyl group, isoxazolyl group or a quinolinyl group, [1] The medicament according to any one of to [9].

[11] W ³ is a methylene group (the group may be substituted with one or two homogeneous or dissimilar halogen atoms) or an ethylene group (the groups are halogen atoms, hydroxy, and C _1-6. optionally substituted with 1-4 groups of same or different selected from the group consisting of alkoxy be also be); R ⁵ is hydroxy group or a C _1-6 alkoxy group (in which, represents a halogen atom , Hydroxy, and may be substituted with 1 to 3 groups of the same or different species selected from the group consisting of C _1-6 alkoxy), according to any one of [1] to [10]. The listed drug.

（式中、環Ｑ^１ａは、フェニル基、ピリジル基、またはシクロヘキシル基を表し；
ｍは、１、２、３、４または５であり；
Ｒ^１１は、複数ある場合はそれぞれ独立して、
（１）水素原子
（２）ハロゲン原子、
（３）Ｃ_１−６アルキル基（該基は同種または異種の１〜３個のハロゲン原子で置換されていてもよい）、または
（４）Ｃ_１−６アルコキシ基（該基は同種または異種の１〜３個のハロゲン原子で置換されていてもよい）を表し；
Ｒ^１およびＲ^２は、独立して、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、またはＣ_１−６アルキル基（該基は同種または異種の１〜３個のハロゲン原子で置換されていてもよい）を表し；
Ｗ^１ａは、メチレン基（該基は同種または異種の１〜２個のハロゲン原子で置換されていてもよい）またはエチレン基（該基は同種または異種の１〜４個のハロゲン原子で置換されていてもよい）を表し；
Ｗ^２ａ−Ｑ^２ａは、−ＮＲ^３ａＣ（Ｏ）−Ｑ^２ａ、−ＮＲ^３ａＣ（Ｏ）ＣＨ_２Ｏ−Ｑ^２ａ、−Ｃ（Ｏ）ＮＲ^３ａ−Ｑ^２ａ、または−ＮＲ^３ａＣ（Ｏ）−ＣＨ＝ＣＨ−Ｑ^２ａ（ここにおいて、Ｒ^３ａは、水素原子またはＣ_１−６アルキル基を表す）を表し；
環Ｑ^２ａは５員もしくは６員のヘテロアリール基を表し；
Ｗ^３ａは、メチレン基（該基は同種または異種の１〜２個のハロゲン原子で置換されていてもよい）またはエチレン基（該基は、ハロゲン原子、ヒドロキシ、およびＣ_１−６アルコキシからなる群から選択される同種または異種の１〜４個の基で置換されていてもよい）を表し；
Ｒ^１２およびＲ^１３は、それぞれ独立して、
（１）水素原子、
（２）ハロゲン原子、
（３）Ｃ_１−６アルキル基（該基は、ハロゲン原子、ヒドロキシ、およびＣ_１−６アルコキシからなる群から選択される同種または異種の１〜３個の基で置換されていてもよい）、
（４）Ｃ_１−６アルコキシ基（該基は、ハロゲン原子、ヒドロキシ、およびＣ_１−６アルコキシからなる群から選択される同種または異種の１〜３個の基で置換されていてもよい）、
（５）Ｃ_３−１０シクロアルキル基（該基は、ハロゲン原子、ヒドロキシ、およびＣ_１−６アルコキシからなる群から選択される同種または異種の１〜４個の基で置換されていてもよい）、
（６）Ｃ_２−６アルケニル基（該基は同種または異種の１〜２個のハロゲン原子で置換されていてもよい）、
（７）Ｃ_２−６アルキニル基（該基は同種または異種の１〜２個のハロゲン原子で置換されていてもよい）、
（８）シアノ基、または
（９）アミノ基（該基は同種または異種の１〜２個のＣ_１−６アルキルで置換されていてもよい）を表し；
ここにおいて、Ｒ^１３およびＷ^３ａが環Ｑ^２ａ上の隣接する炭素原子に結合している場合は、それらが結合する炭素原子と一緒になって５員もしくは６員のシクロアルカン環を形成してもよく；
Ｒ^１４が、ヒドロキシ基、またはＣ_１−６アルコキシ基（該基は、ハロゲン原子、ヒドロキシ、およびＣ_１−６アルコキシからなる群から選択される同種または異種の１〜３個の基で置換されていてもよい）を表す）で表される、〔１〕に記載の医薬。 [12] Equation (1') is the equation (1a'):

(In the formula, ring ^Q1a represents a phenyl group, a pyridyl group, or a cyclohexyl group;
m is 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5;
R ^11, when there are a plurality of independently,
(1) Hydrogen atom (2) Halogen atom,
(3) C _1-6 alkyl group (the group may be substituted with 1 to 3 halogen atoms of the same or different species), or (4) C _1-6 alkoxy group (the group may be the same or different). It may be substituted with 1 to 3 halogen atoms of);
R ¹ and R ² independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or a C _1-6 alkyl group (the group may be substituted with 1 to 3 halogen atoms of the same or different species);
W ^1a is a methylene group (the group may be substituted with 1 to 2 halogen atoms of the same or different species) or an ethylene group (the group is substituted with 1 to 4 halogen atoms of the same or different species). Represents (may be);
W ^2a −Q ^2a is −NR ^3a C (O) −Q ^2a , −NR ^3a C (O) CH ₂ O−Q ^2a , −C (O) NR ^3a −Q ^2a , or −NR ^3a C (O). ) -CH = CH-Q ^2a (where R ^3a represents a hydrogen atom or a C _1-6 alkyl group);
Ring Q ^2a represents a 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl group;
W ^3a consists of a methylene group (the group may be substituted with one or two halogen atoms of the same or different species) or an ethylene group (the group consists of a halogen atom, hydroxy, and C _1-6 alkoxy. It may be substituted with 1 to 4 groups of the same or different species selected from the group);
R ¹² and R ¹³ are independent of each other.
(1) Hydrogen atom,
(2) Halogen atom,
(3) C _1-6 alkyl group (the group may be substituted with 1 to 3 groups of the same type or different types selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, and C _1-6 alkoxy). ,
(4) C _1-6 Alkoxy Group (The group may be substituted with 1 to 3 groups of the same type or different types selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, and C _1-6 alkoxy). ,
(5) C _3-10 cycloalkyl group (the group may be substituted with 1 to 4 groups of the same type or different types selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, and C _1-6 alkoxy. ),
(6) C _2-6 alkenyl group (the group may be substituted with one or two halogen atoms of the same type or different types),
(7) C _2-6 alkynyl group (the group may be substituted with one or two halogen atoms of the same type or different types),
Represents (8) a cyano group, or (9) an amino group, which may be substituted with one or two C _1-6 alkyls of the same or different species;
Here, when R ¹³ and W ^3a are bonded to adjacent carbon atoms on the ring Q ^2a , they form a 5- or 6-membered cycloalkane ring together with the carbon atoms to which they are bonded. Well;
R ¹⁴ is substituted with a hydroxy group, or a C _1-6 alkoxy group, which is the same or dissimilar to 1 to 3 groups selected from the group consisting of halogen atoms, hydroxy, and C _1-6 alkoxy. The drug according to [1], which is represented by) (which may be present).

（式中、環Ｑ^１ａは、フェニル基、ピリジル基、またはシクロヘキシル基を表し；
ｍは、１、２、３、４または５であり；
Ｒ^１１は、複数ある場合はそれぞれ独立して、
（１）水素原子、
（２）ハロゲン原子、
（３）Ｃ_１−６アルキル基（該基は同種または異種の１〜３個のハロゲン原子で置換されていてもよい）、または
（４）Ｃ_１−６アルコキシ基（該基は同種または異種の１〜３個のハロゲン原子で置換されていてもよい）を表し；
Ｒ^１およびＲ^２は、独立して、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、またはＣ_１−６アルキル基（該基は同種または異種の１〜３個のハロゲン原子で置換されていてもよい）を表し；
Ｗ^１ａは、メチレン基（該基は同種または異種の１〜２個のハロゲン原子で置換されていてもよい）またはエチレン基（該基は同種または異種の１〜４個のハロゲン原子で置換されていてもよい）を表し；
Ｗ^２ａ−Ｑ^２ａは、−ＮＲ^３ａＣ（Ｏ）−Ｑ^２ａ、−ＮＲ^３ａＣ（Ｏ）ＣＨ_２Ｏ−Ｑ^２ａ、または−Ｃ（Ｏ）ＮＲ^３ａ−Ｑ^２ａ（ここにおいて、Ｒ^３ａは、水素原子またはＣ_１−６アルキル基を表す）を表し；
環Ｑ^２ａは５員もしくは６員のヘテロアリール基を表し；
Ｗ^３ａは、メチレン基（該基は同種または異種の１〜２個のハロゲン原子で置換されていてもよい）またはエチレン基（該基は、ハロゲン原子、ヒドロキシ、およびＣ_１−６アルコキシからなる群から選択される同種または異種の１〜４個の基で置換されていてもよい）を表し；
Ｒ^１２およびＲ^１３は、それぞれ独立して、
（１）水素原子、
（２）ハロゲン原子、
（３）Ｃ_１−６アルキル基（該基は、ハロゲン原子、ヒドロキシ、およびＣ_１−６アルコキシからなる群から選択される同種または異種の１〜３個の基で置換されていてもよい）、
（４）Ｃ_１−６アルコキシ基（該基は、ハロゲン原子、ヒドロキシ、およびＣ_１−６アルコキシからなる群から選択される同種または異種の１〜３個の基で置換されていてもよい）、
（５）Ｃ_３−１０シクロアルキル基（該基は、ハロゲン原子、ヒドロキシ、およびＣ_１−６アルコキシからなる群から選択される同種または異種の１〜４個の基で置換されていてもよい）、
（６）Ｃ_２−６アルケニル基（該基は同種または異種の１〜２個のハロゲン原子で置換されていてもよい）、
（７）Ｃ_２−６アルキニル基（該基は同種または異種の１〜２個のハロゲン原子で置換されていてもよい）、
（８）シアノ基、または
（９）アミノ基（該基は同種または異種の１〜２個のＣ_１−６アルキルで置換されていてもよい）を表し；
ここにおいて、Ｒ^１３およびＷ^３ａが環Ｑ^２ａ上の隣接する炭素原子に結合している場合は、それらが結合する炭素原子と一緒になって５員もしくは６員のシクロアルカン環を形成してもよく；
Ｒ^１４が、ヒドロキシ基、またはＣ_１−６アルコキシ基（該基は、ハロゲン原子、ヒドロキシ、およびＣ_１−６アルコキシからなる群から選択される同種または異種の１〜３個の基で置換されていてもよい）を表す）で表される、〔１〕に記載の医薬。 [13] Equation (1') is the equation (1a):

(In the formula, ring ^Q1a represents a phenyl group, a pyridyl group, or a cyclohexyl group;
m is 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5;
R ^11, when there are a plurality of independently,
(1) Hydrogen atom,
(2) Halogen atom,
(3) C _1-6 alkyl group (the group may be substituted with 1 to 3 halogen atoms of the same or different species), or (4) C _1-6 alkoxy group (the group may be the same or different). It may be substituted with 1 to 3 halogen atoms of);
R ¹ and R ² independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or a C _1-6 alkyl group (the group may be substituted with 1 to 3 halogen atoms of the same or different species);
W ^1a is a methylene group (the group may be substituted with 1 to 2 halogen atoms of the same or different species) or an ethylene group (the group is substituted with 1 to 4 halogen atoms of the same or different species). Represents (may be);
W ^2a −Q ^2a is −NR ^3a C (O) −Q ^2a , −NR ^3a C (O) CH ₂ O−Q ^2a , or −C (O) NR ^3a −Q ^2a (where R ^3a is Represents a hydrogen atom or a C _1-6 alkyl group);
Ring Q ^2a represents a 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl group;
W ^3a consists of a methylene group (the group may be substituted with one or two halogen atoms of the same or different species) or an ethylene group (the group consists of a halogen atom, hydroxy, and C _1-6 alkoxy. It may be substituted with 1 to 4 groups of the same or different species selected from the group);
R ¹² and R ¹³ are independent of each other.
(1) Hydrogen atom,
(2) Halogen atom,
(3) C _1-6 alkyl group (the group may be substituted with 1 to 3 groups of the same type or different types selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, and C _1-6 alkoxy). ,
(4) C _1-6 Alkoxy Group (The group may be substituted with 1 to 3 groups of the same type or different types selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, and C _1-6 alkoxy). ,
(5) C _3-10 cycloalkyl group (the group may be substituted with 1 to 4 groups of the same type or different types selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, and C _1-6 alkoxy. ),
(6) C _2-6 alkenyl group (the group may be substituted with one or two halogen atoms of the same type or different types),
(7) C _2-6 alkynyl group (the group may be substituted with one or two halogen atoms of the same type or different types),
Represents (8) a cyano group, or (9) an amino group, which may be substituted with one or two C _1-6 alkyls of the same or different species;
Here, when R ¹³ and W ^3a are bonded to adjacent carbon atoms on the ring Q ^2a , they form a 5- or 6-membered cycloalkane ring together with the carbon atoms to which they are bonded. Well;
R ¹⁴ is substituted with a hydroxy group, or a C _1-6 alkoxy group, which is the same or dissimilar to 1 to 3 groups selected from the group consisting of halogen atoms, hydroxy, and C _1-6 alkoxy. The drug according to [1], which is represented by) (which may be present).

[14] The medicament according to [12] or [13], wherein the ring ^Q1a is a phenyl group.

[15] The medicament according to any one of [12] to [14], wherein W ^2a −Q ^2a is −NHC (O) −Q ^2a .

[16] The medicament according to any one of [12] to [14], wherein W ^2a- Q ^2a is -C (O) NH-Q ^2a .

[17] The item according to any one of [12] to [16], wherein the ring Q ^2a is a pyridyl group, a pyrimidyl group, a pyridadyl group, a pyrazil group, an oxazolyl group, a thiazolyl group, an isoxazolyl group, or an isothiazolyl group. Medicine.

[18] ring Q ^2a is a pyridyl group, pyridazinyl group, pyrazinyl group, oxazolyl group, a thiazolyl group or an isoxazolyl group, [12] The medicament according to any one of - [16].

[19] The medicament according to any one of [12] to [16], wherein the ring ^Q2a is a pyridyl group.

[20] R ¹² and R ¹³ independently
(1) Hydrogen atom,
(2) Halogen atom,
(3) C _1-6 alkyl group (the group may be substituted with 1 to 3 groups of the same type or different types selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, and C _1-6 alkoxy). ,
(4) C _1-6 Alkoxy Group (The group may be substituted with 1 to 3 groups of the same type or different types selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, and C _1-6 alkoxy). ,
(5) C _2-6 alkenyl group (the group may be substituted with one or two halogen atoms of the same or different species), or (6) amino group (the group may be one or two of the same or different species). The medicament according to any one of [12] to [19], which may be substituted with C _1-6 alkyl.

[21] R ¹² and R ¹³ independently
(1) Hydrogen atom,
(2) Halogen atom,
(3) C _1-6 alkyl group (the group may be substituted with 1 to 3 groups of the same type or different types selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, and C _1-6 alkoxy). , Or (4) the medicament according to any one of [12] to [20], which is an amino group.

[22] R ¹³ is a halogen atom, a C _1-6 alkyl group (the group may be substituted with 1 to 3 halogen atoms of the same or different species), or an amino group; R ¹² is hydrogen. The medicament according to any one of [12] to [21], which is an atom.

[23] W ^3a is a methylene group (the group may be substituted with one or two homologous or dissimilar halogen atoms); R ¹⁴ is a hydroxy group, of [12]-[22]. The drug according to any one item.

[24] The medicament according to any one of [1] to [23], wherein R ¹ and R ² are hydrogen atoms.

（式中、Ｘ^１は、ＮまたはＣＲ^２６を表し；
Ｘ^２は、ＮまたはＣＲ^２８を表し；
ここにおいて、Ｘ^１およびＸ^２のうち少なくとも一つはＮであり；
Ｒ^２１、Ｒ^２２、Ｒ^２３、Ｒ^２４およびＲ^２５は、それぞれ独立して、
（１）水素原子、
（２）ハロゲン原子、
（３）Ｃ_１−６アルキル基（該基は同種または異種の１〜３個のハロゲン原子で置換されていてもよい）、または
（４）Ｃ_１−６アルコキシ基（該基は同種または異種の１〜３個のハロゲン原子で置換されていてもよい）を表し；
Ｗ^２ｂは、−ＮＨＣ（Ｏ）−、または−Ｃ（Ｏ）ＮＨ−を表し；
Ｒ^２６、Ｒ^２７、Ｒ^２８およびＲ^２９は、それぞれ独立して、
（１）水素原子、
（２）ハロゲン原子、
（３）Ｃ_１−６アルキル基（該基は、ハロゲン原子、ヒドロキシ、およびＣ_１−６アルコキシからなる群から選択される同種または異種の１〜３個の基で置換されていてもよい）、
（４）Ｃ_１−６アルコキシ基（該基は、ハロゲン原子、ヒドロキシ、およびＣ_１−６アルコキシからなる群から選択される同種または異種の１〜３個の基で置換されていてもよい）、
（５）Ｃ_２−６アルケニル基（該基は同種または異種の１〜２個のハロゲン原子で置換されていてもよい）、または
（６）アミノ基（該基は同種または異種の１〜２個のＣ_１−６アルキルで置換されていてもよい）を表す）で表される、〔１〕に記載の医薬。 [25] Equation (1') is the equation (1b):

(In the equation, X ¹ represents N or CR ²⁶ ;
X ² represents N or CR ²⁸ ;
Here, at least one of X ¹ and X ² is N;
R ²¹ , R ²² , R ²³ , R ²⁴ and R ²⁵ are independent of each other.
(1) Hydrogen atom,
(2) Halogen atom,
(3) C _1-6 alkyl group (the group may be substituted with 1 to 3 halogen atoms of the same or different species), or (4) C _1-6 alkoxy group (the group may be the same or different). It may be substituted with 1 to 3 halogen atoms of);
W ^2b represents -NHC (O)-or-C (O) NH-;
R ²⁶ , R ²⁷ , R ²⁸ and R ²⁹ are independent of each other.
(1) Hydrogen atom,
(2) Halogen atom,
(3) C _1-6 alkyl group (the group may be substituted with 1 to 3 groups of the same type or different types selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, and C _1-6 alkoxy). ,
(4) C _1-6 Alkoxy Group (The group may be substituted with 1 to 3 groups of the same type or different types selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, and C _1-6 alkoxy). ,
(5) C _2-6 alkenyl group (the group may be substituted with one or two halogen atoms of the same or different species), or (6) amino group (the group may be one or two of the same or different species). The medicament according to [1], which is represented by) (which may be substituted with C _1-6 alkyl).

[26] The medicament according to [25], wherein R ²² is a halogen atom or a C _1-6 alkyl group (the group may be substituted with 1 to 3 halogen atoms of the same type or different types). ..

[27] The medicament according to [25], wherein R ²² is a halogen atom or a trifluoromethyl group.

[28] R ²¹ , R ²³ , R ²⁴ and R ²⁵ are independent of each other.
(1) Hydrogen atom,
Of [25] to [27], which are (2) a halogen atom or (3) a C _1-6 alkyl group (the group may be substituted with 1 to 3 halogen atoms of the same type or different types). The drug according to any one item.

[29] The medicament according to any one of [25] to [28], wherein W ^2b is −NHC (O) −.

[30] The medicament according to any one of [25] to [29], wherein X ¹ is N.

[31] The medicament according to any one of [25] to [30], wherein X ¹ is N; X ² is CH.

[32] R ²⁷ is a halogen atom, a C _1-6 alkyl group (the group may be substituted with 1 to 3 halogen atoms of the same or different species), or an amino group; R ²⁹ is hydrogen. The medicament according to any one of [25] to [31], which is an atom.

[33] The medicament according to any one of [25] to [32], wherein R ²⁷ is a methyl group substituted with 1 to 3 fluorine atoms; and R ²⁹ is a hydrogen atom.

[34] The medicament according to any one of [25] to [33], wherein R ²⁷ is a methyl group substituted with two fluorine atoms; and R ²⁹ is a hydrogen atom.

（式中、Ｒ^３２は、ハロゲン原子、またはＣ_１−６アルキル基（該基は同種または異種の１〜３個のハロゲン原子で置換されていてもよい）を表し；
Ｒ^３３およびＲ^３４は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、またはハロゲン原子を表す）で表される、〔１〕に記載の医薬。 [35] Equation (1') is the equation (1c):

(In the formula, R ³² represents a halogen atom, or a C _1-6 alkyl group (the group may be substituted with 1-3 halogen atoms of the same or different species);
The medicament according to [1], wherein R ³³ and R ³⁴ independently represent a hydrogen atom or a halogen atom).

[36] The medicament according to [35], wherein R ³² is a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, or a trifluoromethyl group.

[37] The drug according to [1], wherein the compound represented by the formula (1') is selected from the following compounds or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof:
6- (Hydroxymethyl) -N- [1- (3,4,5-trifluorobenzyl) -1H-imidazol-4-yl] nicotinamide (Example 10),
6- (Hydroxymethyl) -N- {1- [3- (trifluoromethyl) benzyl] -1H-imidazol-4-yl} nicotinamide (Example 12),
5- (Difluoromethyl) -6- (Hydroxymethyl) -N- {1- [3- (trifluoromethyl) benzyl] -1H-imidazol-4-yl} nicotinamide (Example 17),
5- (Difluoromethyl) -6- (Hydroxymethyl) -N- [1- (3,4,5-trifluorobenzyl) -1H-imidazol-4-yl] nicotinamide (Example 18),
6- (Hydroxymethyl) -5- (Trifluoromethyl) -N- {1- [3- (trifluoromethyl) benzyl] -1H-imidazol-4-yl} nicotinamide (Example 19),
6- (Hydroxymethyl) -5-methyl-N- [1- (3,4,5-trifluorobenzyl) -1H-imidazol-4-yl] nicotinamide (Example 39),
6- (Hydroxymethyl) -5-methyl-N- {1- [3- (trifluoromethyl) benzyl] -1H-imidazol-4-yl} nicotinamide (Example 42),
5-Amino-6- (hydroxymethyl) -N- {1- [3- (trifluoromethyl) benzyl] -1H-imidazol-4-yl} nicotinamide (Example 45),
5-Amino-6- (hydroxymethyl) -N- [1- (3,4,5-trifluorobenzyl) -1H-imidazol-4-yl] nicotinamide (Example 46),
N- [1- (3,4-difluorobenzyl) -1H-imidazol-4-yl] -5- (difluoromethyl) -6- (hydroxymethyl) nicotinamide (Example 54),
N- [1- (3-chlorobenzyl) -1H-imidazol-4-yl] -5- (difluoromethyl) -6- (hydroxymethyl) nicotinamide (Example 55),
5- (Difluoromethyl) -N- {1- [4-fluoro-3- (trifluoromethyl) benzyl] -1H-imidazol-4-yl} -6- (hydroxymethyl) nicotinamide (Example 57),
5- (Difluoromethyl) -N- {1- [3-fluoro-5- (trifluoromethyl) benzyl] -1H-imidazol-4-yl} -6- (hydroxymethyl) nicotinamide (Example 60),
N- [1- (3-Chloro-4-fluorobenzyl) -1H-imidazol-4-yl] -5- (difluoromethyl) -6- (hydroxymethyl) nicotinamide (Example 61),
N- [1- (3-Bromo-4-fluorobenzyl) -1H-imidazol-4-yl] -5- (difluoromethyl) -6- (hydroxymethyl) nicotinamide (Example 62),
5- (Difluoromethyl) -6- (Hydroxymethyl) -N- {1- [3-methoxy-5- (trifluoromethyl) benzyl] -1H-imidazol-4-yl} nicotinamide (Example 65),
5- (Difluoromethyl) -6- (Hydroxymethyl) -N- {1- [4-methyl-3- (trifluoromethyl) benzyl] -1H-imidazol-4-yl} nicotinamide (Example 70),
N- [1- (3,4-dichlorobenzyl) -1H-imidazol-4-yl] -5- (difluoromethyl) -6- (hydroxymethyl) nicotinamide (Example 71),
N- [1- (3,5-dichlorobenzyl) -1H-imidazol-4-yl] -5- (difluoromethyl) -6- (hydroxymethyl) nicotinamide (Example 75),
N- [1- (3-Bromo-5-fluorobenzyl) -1H-imidazol-4-yl] -5- (difluoromethyl) -6- (hydroxymethyl) nicotinamide (Example 76),
N- [1- (3-Chloro-5-fluorobenzyl) -1H-imidazol-4-yl] -5- (difluoromethyl) -6- (hydroxymethyl) nicotinamide (Example 78),
N- [1- (3,5-difluorobenzyl) -1H-imidazol-4-yl] -5- (difluoromethyl) -6- (hydroxymethyl) nicotinamide (Example 79), and 6- (hydroxymethyl) ) -N- [1- (3,4,5-trifluorobenzyl) -1H-imidazol-4-yl] pyridazine-3-carboxamide (Example 85).

[38] The drug according to [1], wherein the compound represented by the formula (1') is selected from the following compounds or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof:
5- (Difluoromethyl) -6- (Hydroxymethyl) -N- {1- [3- (trifluoromethyl) benzyl] -1H-imidazol-4-yl} nicotinamide (Example 17),
5- (Difluoromethyl) -6- (Hydroxymethyl) -N- [1- (3,4,5-trifluorobenzyl) -1H-imidazol-4-yl] nicotinamide (Example 18),
N- [1- (3,4-difluorobenzyl) -1H-imidazol-4-yl] -5- (difluoromethyl) -6- (hydroxymethyl) nicotinamide (Example 54),
N- [1- (3-chlorobenzyl) -1H-imidazol-4-yl] -5- (difluoromethyl) -6- (hydroxymethyl) nicotinamide (Example 55),
5- (Difluoromethyl) -N- {1- [4-fluoro-3- (trifluoromethyl) benzyl] -1H-imidazol-4-yl} -6- (hydroxymethyl) nicotinamide (Example 57),
N- [1- (3-Bromobenzyl) -1H-imidazol-4-yl] -5- (difluoromethyl) -6- (hydroxymethyl) nicotinamide (Example 58),
5- (Difluoromethyl) -N- {1- [3-fluoro-5- (trifluoromethyl) benzyl] -1H-imidazol-4-yl} -6- (hydroxymethyl) nicotinamide (Example 60),
N- [1- (3-Chloro-4-fluorobenzyl) -1H-imidazol-4-yl] -5- (difluoromethyl) -6- (hydroxymethyl) nicotinamide (Example 61),
N- [1- (3-Bromo-4-fluorobenzyl) -1H-imidazol-4-yl] -5- (difluoromethyl) -6- (hydroxymethyl) nicotinamide (Example 62),
5- (Difluoromethyl) -6- (Hydroxymethyl) -N- [1- (3-Methylbenzyl) -1H-imidazol-4-yl] nicotinamide (Example 63),
5- (Difluoromethyl) -6- (Hydroxymethyl) -N- {1- [3-methoxy-5- (trifluoromethyl) benzyl] -1H-imidazol-4-yl} nicotinamide (Example 65),
N- [1- (4-Chloro-3-fluorobenzyl) -1H-imidazol-4-yl] -5- (difluoromethyl) -6- (hydroxymethyl) nicotinamide (Example 66),
N- [1- (4-Bromo-3-fluorobenzyl) -1H-imidazol-4-yl] -5- (difluoromethyl) -6- (hydroxymethyl) nicotinamide (Example 67),
5- (Difluoromethyl) -6- (Hydroxymethyl) -N- {1- [4-methyl-3- (trifluoromethyl) benzyl] -1H-imidazol-4-yl} nicotinamide (Example 70),
N- [1- (3,4-dichlorobenzyl) -1H-imidazol-4-yl] -5- (difluoromethyl) -6- (hydroxymethyl) nicotinamide (Example 71),
5- (Difluoromethyl) -N- {1- [3-fluoro-4- (trifluoromethyl) benzyl] -1H-imidazol-4-yl} -6- (hydroxymethyl) nicotinamide (Example 74),
N- [1- (3,5-dichlorobenzyl) -1H-imidazol-4-yl] -5- (difluoromethyl) -6- (hydroxymethyl) nicotinamide (Example 75),
N- [1- (3-Bromo-5-fluorobenzyl) -1H-imidazol-4-yl] -5- (difluoromethyl) -6- (hydroxymethyl) nicotinamide (Example 76),
N- [1- (3-Chloro-5-fluorobenzyl) -1H-imidazol-4-yl] -5- (difluoromethyl) -6- (hydroxymethyl) nicotinamide (Example 78),
N- [1- (3,5-difluorobenzyl) -1H-imidazol-4-yl] -5- (difluoromethyl) -6- (hydroxymethyl) nicotinamide (Example 79), and N- [1- [1- (3-Bromo-4-chlorobenzyl) -1H-imidazol-4-yl] -5- (difluoromethyl) -6- (hydroxymethyl) nicotinamide (Example 80).

[39] The drug according to [1], wherein the compound represented by the formula (1') is selected from the following compounds or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof:
6- (Hydroxymethyl) -N- {1- [3- (trifluoromethyl) benzyl] -1H-imidazol-4-yl} nicotinamide (Example 12),
5- (Difluoromethyl) -6- (Hydroxymethyl) -N- {1- [3- (trifluoromethyl) benzyl] -1H-imidazol-4-yl} nicotinamide (Example 17),
5- (Difluoromethyl) -6- (Hydroxymethyl) -N- [1- (3,4,5-trifluorobenzyl) -1H-imidazol-4-yl] nicotinamide (Example 18),
6- (Hydroxymethyl) -5-methyl-N- [1- (3,4,5-trifluorobenzyl) -1H-imidazol-4-yl] nicotinamide (Example 39),
5-Amino-6- (hydroxymethyl) -N- {1- [3- (trifluoromethyl) benzyl] -1H-imidazol-4-yl} nicotinamide (Example 45),
5-Amino-6- (hydroxymethyl) -N- [1- (3,4,5-trifluorobenzyl) -1H-imidazol-4-yl] nicotinamide (Example 46),
5- (Difluoromethyl) -N- {1- [4-fluoro-3- (trifluoromethyl) benzyl] -1H-imidazol-4-yl} -6- (hydroxymethyl) nicotinamide (Example 57),
5- (Difluoromethyl) -N- {1- [3-fluoro-5- (trifluoromethyl) benzyl] -1H-imidazol-4-yl} -6- (hydroxymethyl) nicotinamide (Example 60),
N- [1- (3-Chloro-4-fluorobenzyl) -1H-imidazol-4-yl] -5- (difluoromethyl) -6- (hydroxymethyl) nicotinamide (Example 61),
N- [1- (3-Bromo-4-fluorobenzyl) -1H-imidazol-4-yl] -5- (difluoromethyl) -6- (hydroxymethyl) nicotinamide (Example 62),
5- (Difluoromethyl) -6- (Hydroxymethyl) -N- {1- [4-methyl-3- (trifluoromethyl) benzyl] -1H-imidazol-4-yl} nicotinamide (Example 70),
N- [1- (3,4-dichlorobenzyl) -1H-imidazol-4-yl] -5- (difluoromethyl) -6- (hydroxymethyl) nicotinamide (Example 71),
N- [1- (3,5-dichlorobenzyl) -1H-imidazol-4-yl] -5- (difluoromethyl) -6- (hydroxymethyl) nicotinamide (Example 75),
N- [1- (3-Bromo-5-fluorobenzyl) -1H-imidazol-4-yl] -5- (difluoromethyl) -6- (hydroxymethyl) nicotinamide (Example 76),
N- [1- (3-Chloro-5-fluorobenzyl) -1H-imidazol-4-yl] -5- (difluoromethyl) -6- (hydroxymethyl) nicotinamide (Example 78), and N- [ 1- (3,5-difluorobenzyl) -1H-imidazol-4-yl] -5- (difluoromethyl) -6- (hydroxymethyl) nicotinamide (Example 79).

[40] A pharmaceutical composition containing the pharmaceutical and pharmaceutically acceptable additives according to any one of [1] to [39].

[41] An antitumor agent containing the compound according to any one of [1] to [39] or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof as an active ingredient.

[42] The tumors are acute leukemia, chronic lymphocytic leukemia, chronic myeloid leukemia, true polyemia, malignant lymphoma, myeloma, brain tumor, head and neck cancer, esophageal cancer, thyroid cancer, small cell lung cancer, non-. Small cell lung cancer, breast cancer, gastric cancer, cholecyst / bile duct cancer, liver cancer, pancreatic cancer, colon cancer, rectal cancer, ovarian cancer, villous epithelial cancer, uterine body cancer, cervical cancer, urine The antitumor agent according to [41], which is a tract epithelial cancer, renal cell cancer, prostate cancer, testicle tumor, Wilms tumor, malignant melanoma, neuroblastoma, osteosarcoma, Ewing sarcoma, or soft sarcoma. ..

[43] A method for treating cancer, which comprises administering a therapeutically effective amount of the drug according to any one of [1] to [39] to a patient in need of treatment.

[44] Use of the compound according to any one of [1] to [39] or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof for producing a therapeutic agent for cancer.

[45] A pharmaceutical composition containing the compound according to any one of [1] to [39] or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, which is used for the treatment of cancer.

[46] The medicament according to any one of [1] to [39] for use in the treatment of cancer.

The compound of the present invention exhibits an excellent inhibitory effect on cancer cell sphere formation ability. In addition, in a preferred embodiment of the compound of the present invention, the bioavailability at the time of oral administration is high. Therefore, the compound of the present invention is useful as an orally administrable antitumor agent.

The present invention will be described in detail below. In the present specification, the number of carbons in the definition of "substituent" may be expressed as, for example, "C _1-6 ". Specifically, the notation "C _1-6 alkyl" is synonymous with an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.

Specific examples of the "halogen atom" include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom or an iodine atom.

The "C _1-6 alkyl group" means a linear or branched saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. It is preferably a "C _1-4 alkyl group". Specific examples of the "C _1-6 alkyl group" include, for example, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, 1-ethylpropyl, hexyl, isohexyl. , 1,1-dimethylbutyl, 2,2-dimethylbutyl, 3,3-dimethylbutyl, 2-ethylbutyl and the like.

"C _2-6 alkenyl group" means a linear or branched unsaturated hydrocarbon group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms and containing 1 to 3 carbon-carbon double bonds. It is preferably a "C _2-4 alkenyl group". Specific examples of the "C _2-6 alkenyl group" include, for example, ethenyl, propenyl, butenyl, pentenyl, hexenyl and the like.

"C _2-6 alkynyl group" means a linear or branched unsaturated hydrocarbon group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms and containing 1 to 3 carbon-carbon triple bonds. It is preferably a "C _2-4 alkynyl group". Specific examples of the "C _2-6 alkynyl group" include ethynyl, propynyl, butynyl, pentynyl, hexynyl and the like.

The "C _1-4 alkylene group" is a linear or branched divalent saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms or a divalent divalent structure containing a cyclic structure having 3 to 4 carbon atoms. It means a saturated hydrocarbon group.
Specific examples of the linear or branched "C _1-4 alkylene group" include methylene, ethylene, trimethylene, tetramethylene, 1-methylmethylene, 1-ethylmethylene, 1-propylmethylene and 1-methyl. Ethylene, 2-methylethylene, 1-ethylethylene and the like can be mentioned, with preference given to methylene and ethylene.
Specific examples of the "C _1-4 alkylene group" containing a cyclic structure include groups represented by the following groups.

"C _3-4 alkenylene group" means a linear or branched divalent hydrocarbon group having 3 to 4 carbon atoms and containing a carbon-carbon double bond. Specific examples of the "C _3-4 alkenylene group" include propenylene, butenylene and the like.

"C _3-4 alkynylene group" means a linear or branched divalent hydrocarbon group having 3 to 4 carbon atoms and containing a carbon-carbon triple bond. Specific examples of the "C _3-4 alkynylene group" include propynylene, butynylene and the like.

_{"C 1-6} alkyl" moiety of the _{"C 1-6} alkoxy group" is the same as defined in the _{"C 1-6} alkyl group". It is preferably "C _1-4 alkoxy group". Specific examples of the "C _1-6 alkoxy group" include methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, isopropoxy, butoxy, isobutoxy, sec-butoxy, tert-butoxy and the like.

"C _3-10 cycloalkyl group" means a 3- to 10-membered monocyclic or polycyclic cyclic saturated or partially unsaturated hydrocarbon group. It is preferably a "C _3-7 cycloalkyl group", more preferably a cyclohexyl group. Specific examples of the "C _3-10 cycloalkyl group" include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclohexenyl, decalynyl, adamantyl, norbornyl and the like.

"C _6-10 aryl group" means an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms. It is preferably a "C ₆ aryl group" (phenyl). Specific examples of the "C _6-10 aryl group" include, for example, phenyl, 1-naphthyl, 2-naphthyl and the like.

Examples of the "5-membered to 10-membered heteroaryl group" include 5-membered and 10-membered monocyclic or bicyclic aromatic groups, which are nitrogen atom, sulfur atom and oxygen atom. It contains one or more (for example, 1 to 4) heteroatoms of the same type or different types selected from. Bicyclic heteroaryl groups also include those in which the monocyclic heteroaryl group is fused with an aromatic ring (benzene, pyridine, etc.) or a non-aromatic ring (cyclohexyl, piperidine, etc.). Specific examples of the "heteroaryl group" include groups represented by the following formulas.

のヘテロアリール基の場合には、２−ピリジル基、３-ピリジル基または４−ピリジル基であることを意味する。 A bond across a ring in the equation means that the "group" is attached at a substitutable position in the ring. For example, the following formula

In the case of the heteroaryl group of, it means that it is a 2-pyridyl group, a 3-pyridyl group or a 4-pyridyl group.

で表される場合には、１−ベンゾイミダゾリル、または２−ベンゾイミダゾリルの他に、４−、５−、６−または７−ベンゾイミダゾリルであってもよい。 Further, when the "heteroaryl group" is a bicyclic group, for example, the following formula

When represented by, in addition to 1-benzoimidazolyl or 2-benzoimidazolyl, 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-benzoimidazolyl may be used.

"Aminocarbonyl group" means a group in which the hydrogen atom of the formyl group is substituted with an amino group.

_{"C 1-6} alkyl" moiety of the - _{"C 1-6} alkylcarbonylamino group" is the same as defined in the _{"C 1-6} alkyl group". A "C _1-4 alkyl-carbonylamino group" is preferable, and a methylcarbonylamino group (acetamide group) is more preferable.

_{"C 6-10} aryl" moiety of the _{"C 6-10} aryloxy group" is the same as defined in the _{"C 6-10} aryl group". Preferably include "C ₆ aryloxy group" (a phenoxy group).

_{"C 1-6} alkoxy" moiety of the - _{"C 1-6} alkoxy carbonyl group" is the same as defined in the _{"C 1-6} alkoxy group". It is preferably a "C _1-4 alkoxy-carbonyl group". Specific examples of the "C _1-6 alkoxy-carbonyl group" include methoxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl, propoxycarbonyl and the like.

_{"C 1-6} alkyl" moiety of the - _{"C 1-6} alkylcarbonyl group" is the same as defined in the _{"C 1-6} alkyl group". A "C _1-4 alkyl-carbonyl group" is preferred. Specific examples of the "C _1-6 alkyl-carbonyl group" include acetyl, ethyl carbonyl, propyl carbonyl and the like.

_{"C 1-6} alkyl" moiety of the _{"C 1-6} alkylsulfonyl group" is the same as defined in the _{"C 1-6} alkyl group". It is preferably a "C _1-4 alkylsulfonyl group". Specific examples of the "C _1-6 alkylsulfonyl group" include methylsulfonyl, ethylsulfonyl, propylsulfonyl and the like.

_{"C 1-6} alkyl" moiety of the _{"C 1-6} alkylsulfonylamino group" is the same as defined in the _{"C 1-6} alkyl group". It is preferably a "C _1-4 alkylsulfonylamino group". Specific examples of the "C _1-6 alkylsulfonylamino group" include methylsulfonylamino, ethylsulfonylamino, propylsulfonylamino and the like.

_{"C 1-6} alkoxy" moiety of the - _{"C 1-6} alkoxy-carbonyl group" is the same as defined in the _{"C 1-6} alkoxy group". It is preferably "C _1-4 alkoxy-carbonylamino group". Specific examples of the "C _1-6 alkoxy-carbonylamino group" include methoxycarbonylamino, ethoxycarbonylamino, propoxycarbonylamino and the like.

The "C _1-6 alkyl-carbonyloxy group" means an oxy group substituted with the "C _1-6 alkyl-carbonyl group". Preferably, it is "C _1-4 alkyl-carbonyloxy group". Specific examples of the "C _1-6 alkyl-carbonyloxy group" include acetoxy, propionyloxy, butyryloxy and the like.

"Aminosulfonyl group" means a group in which the hydroxy group of the sulfo group is replaced with an amino group.

"Optionally substituted C _1-6 alkyl group", " _optionally optionally substituted C _2-6 alkenyl group", " _optionally optionally substituted C _2-6 alkynyl group", "substituted _May be C _1-4 alkylene group, "may be substituted C _3-4 alkenylene group", "may be substituted C _3-4 alquinylene group", "may be substituted C _{1- 6} alkoxy groups ”,“ optionally substituted C _1-6 alkyl-carbonyl groups ”,“ optionally substituted C _1-6 alkylsulfonyl groups ”,“ optionally substituted C _1-6 alkoxy -Carbonyl group "," optionally substituted C _1-6 alkyl-carbonyl amino group "," optionally substituted C _1-6 alkylsulfonylamino group "," optionally substituted C _{1- 6} alkoxy - carbonyl amino group "," optionally substituted C _1-6 alkoxy - carbonyl amino group "," optionally substituted C _1-6 alkyl - Examples of the substituent in the carbonyloxy group ", for example, , Hydroxyl, halogen atom, C _3-7 cycloalkyl, C _1-6 alkoxy and the like, preferably a fluorine atom.

" _Optionally C _6-10 aryl group _optionally substituted", " _optionally C _3-10 cycloalkyl group _optionally substituted", "optionally substituted 5-10 member heteroaryl group", " Examples of the substituent in the "optionally substituted 5-membered or 6-membered cyclic amino group" and the "optionally substituted 5-membered or 6-membered cyclic aminocarbonyl group" include, for example.
(A) Halogen atom,
(B) C _1-6 alkyl (the group may be substituted with 1-3 groups of the same or different species selected from the group consisting of halogen atoms, hydroxys, and C _1-6 alkoxy),
(C) C _1-6 alkoxy (the group may be substituted with 1-3 groups of the same or different species selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, and C _1-6 alkoxy),
(D) Cyano,
(E) C _6-10 aryl (the group is substituted with 1 to 4 similar or heterologous groups selected from the group consisting of halogen atoms, C _1-6 alkyl, and C _1-6 alkoxy. (May be), and (f) 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl (where the group is a homologous or heterologous 1-4 selected from the group consisting of halogen atoms, C _1-6 alkyl, and C _1-6 alkoxy. It may be substituted with multiple groups),
(G) C _6-10 aryloxy (the group is substituted with 1 to 4 groups of the same or different species selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, C _1-6 alkyl, and C _1-6 alkoxy. May be),
(H) Hydroxy,
(I) Amino (the group may be substituted with one or two C _1-6 alkyls of the same or different species)
(J) Aminocarbonyl (the amino may be substituted with one or two C _1-6 alkyls of the same or different species),
(K) C _1-6 Alkoxy-carbonyl (the alkoxy may be substituted with 1-3 groups of the same or different species selected from the group consisting of halogen atoms, hydroxys, and C _1-6 alkoxy. ),
(L) C _1-6 alkyl-carbonyl (the alkyl may be substituted with 1-3 groups of the same or different species selected from the group consisting of halogen atoms, hydroxys, and C _1-6 alkoxy. ),
(M) C _1-6 alkyl sulfonyl (the alkyl may be substituted with 1 to 3 groups of the same or different species selected from the group consisting of halogen atoms, hydroxys, and C _1-6 alkoxy). ,
(N) C _1-6 alkyl-carbonylamino, even if the alkyl is substituted with 1-3 groups of the same or different species selected from the group consisting of halogen atoms, hydroxys, and C _1-6 alkoxy. Good),
(O) C _1-6 alkylsulfonylamino (the alkyl may be substituted with 1-3 groups of the same or different species selected from the group consisting of halogen atoms, hydroxys, and C _1-6 alkoxys. ),
(P) C _1-6 alkoxy-carbonylamino, even if the alkoxy is substituted with 1-3 groups of the same or different species selected from the group consisting of halogen atoms, hydroxys, and C _1-6 alkoxy. Good),
(Q) C _1-6 alkyl-carbonyloxy, even if the alkyl is substituted with 1-3 groups of the same or different species selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, and C _1-6 alkoxy. Good),
(R) Aminosulfonyl (the amino may be substituted with one or two C _1-6 alkyls of the same or different species), and (s) C _3-10 cycloalkyl (the group is a halogen atom, It may be substituted with 1 to 4 groups of the same or different species selected from the group consisting of hydroxy and C _1-6 alkoxy) and the like.

Examples of the substituent in the "optionally substituted amino group", "optionally substituted aminocarbonyl group", and "optionally substituted aminosulfonyl group" include C _1-6 alkyl (the group). May be substituted with 1 to 4 groups of the same type or different types selected from the group consisting of halogen atoms, hydroxys, and C _1-6 alkoxy), and C _1-3 alkyl is preferable. Can be mentioned.

Among the compounds of the present invention represented by the formula (1'), W ¹ , W ² , W ³ , R ¹ , R ² , R ⁴ , R ⁵ , n, ring Q ¹ and ring Q ² are preferable. Is as follows, but the technical scope of the present invention is not limited to the range of the compounds listed below.

Preferably as W ¹ , the C _1-4 alkylene group is substituted with 1 to 4 groups of the same or different species selected from the group consisting of halogen atoms, hydroxys, and C _1-6 alkoxy. May be good). More preferably, a methylene group (the group may be substituted with one or two halogen atoms of the same or different species) or an ethylene group (the group is substituted with one or four halogen atoms of the same or different species). It may be; more preferably a methylene group.

As W ^2- Q ² , preferably -NR ^3a C (O) -Q ² , -NR ^3a C (O) CH ₂ O-Q ² , or -C (O) NR ^3a- Q ² (here, R ^3a represents a hydrogen atom or a C _1-6 alkyl group). More preferably, it is -NHC (O) -Q ² or -C (O) NH-Q ² , and even more preferably -NHC (O) -Q ² .

In another aspect, W ² −Q ² is preferably −NR ^3a C (O) −Q ² , −NR ^3a C (O) CH ₂ O−Q ² , −C (O) NR ^3a −Q ² , Alternatively, -NR ^3a C (O) -CH = CH-Q ² (where R ^3a represents a hydrogen atom or a C _1-6 alkyl group) can be mentioned. More preferably, -NHC (O) -Q ² , -C (O) NH-Q ² , or -NHC (O) -CH = CH-Q ² ; even more preferably -NHC (O) -Q ² Is.

Preferably, R ¹ and R ² are each independently composed of a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, and a C _1-4 alkyl group (the group may be substituted with 1 to 3 halogen atoms of the same type or different types). Can be mentioned. More preferably, it is a hydrogen atom, a chlorine atom, or a methyl group; even more preferably, it is a hydrogen atom.

Is preferably a ring ^{Q 1,}
(1) C _6-10 aryl group (the group is
(A) Halogen atom,
(B) C _1-6 alkyl (the group may be substituted with 1-3 groups of the same or different species selected from the group consisting of halogen atoms, hydroxys, and C _1-6 alkoxy),
(C) C _1-6 alkoxy (the group may be substituted with 1-3 groups of the same or different species selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, and C _1-6 alkoxy),
(D) Cyano,
(E) Phenyl (the group may be substituted with 1 to 4 groups of the same or different species selected from the group consisting of halogen atoms, C _1-6 alkyl, and C _1-6 alkoxy),
(F) 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl (the group is substituted with 1 to 4 groups of the same or different species selected from the group consisting of halogen atoms, C _1-6 alkyl, and C _1-6 alkoxy. May have been),
(G) Phenoxy (the group may be substituted with 1 to 4 groups of the same or different species selected from the group consisting of halogen atoms, C _1-6 alkyl, and C _1-6 alkoxy),
(H) Hydroxy,
(I) Amino (the group may be substituted with one or two C _1-6 alkyls of the same or different species), and (j) Aminocarbonyl (the amino may be one or two of the same or different species). _May be substituted with C _1-6 alkyl)
It may be substituted with 1 to 4 groups of the same or different species selected from the group consisting of),
(2) C _3-10 cycloalkyl group (the group is replaced with 1 to 5 groups of the same type or different types selected from the group consisting of (a) to (j) of (1) above in this section. (3) A 5-membered to 10-membered heteroaryl group (the group is the same species or the same group selected from the group consisting of (a) to (j) of (1) above in this section. It may be substituted with 1 to 5 different groups).

As more preferably ring ^{Q 1,}
(1) Phenyl group (the group is
(A) Halogen atom,
(B) C _1-6 alkyl (the group may be substituted with 1-3 groups of the same or different species selected from the group consisting of halogen atoms, hydroxys, and C _1-6 alkoxy),
(C) C _1-6 alkoxy (the group may be substituted with 1-3 groups of the same or different species selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, and C _1-6 alkoxy),
(D) Cyano,
(E) Phenyl (the group may be substituted with 1 to 4 similar or heterologous groups selected from the group consisting of halogen atoms, C _1-6 alkyl, and C _1-6 alkoxy),. And (f) 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl (the group is one to four groups of the same or different species selected from the group consisting of halogen atoms, C _1-6 alkyl, and C _1-6 alkoxy. May have been replaced)
It may be substituted with 1 to 5 groups of the same type or different types selected from the group consisting of (2) pyridyl groups (the groups are the groups (a) to (a) to (1) above in this section. It may be substituted with 1 to 4 groups of the same type or different types selected from the group consisting of (f)).

More preferably the ring ^{Q 1,}
Phenyl group (the group is
(A) Halogen atom,
(B) C _1-6 alkyl (the group may be substituted with 1-3 halogen atoms of the same or different species), and (c) C _1-6 alkoxy (the group may be 1 of the same or different). May be substituted with ~ 3 halogen atoms)
It may be substituted with 1 to 5 groups of the same or different species selected from the group consisting of).

Most preferably the ring Q ^1, a phenyl group substituted with 1 to 3 halogen atoms the same or different.

Preferably the ring Q ^2, pyridyl group, pyrimidyl group, pyridazinyl group, pyrazinyl group, oxazolyl group, thiazolyl group, isoxazolyl group, isothiazolyl group, quinolinyl group, isoquinolinyl group, quinazolinyl group, or quinoxalinyl group. More preferably, it is a pyridyl group, pyridadyl group, pyrazil group, oxazolyl group, thiazolyl group, isoxazolyl group, or quinolinyl group; more preferably, it is a pyridyl group or pyrazil group; most preferably it is a pyridyl group.

Preferred as R ^4,
(1) Hydrogen atom,
(2) Halogen atom,
(3) C _1-6 alkyl group (the group may be substituted with 1 to 3 groups of the same type or different types selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, and C _1-6 alkoxy). ,
(4) C _1-6 Alkoxy Group (The group may be substituted with 1 to 3 groups of the same type or different types selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, and C _1-6 alkoxy). ,
(5) C _3-10 cycloalkyl group (the group may be substituted with 1 to 4 groups of the same type or different types selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, and C _1-6 alkoxy. ),
(6) C _2-6 alkenyl group (the group may be substituted with one or two halogen atoms of the same type or different types),
(7) C _2-6 alkynyl group (the group may be substituted with one or two halogen atoms of the same type or different types),
Examples thereof include (8) a cyano group or (9) an amino group (the group may be substituted with one or two C _1-6 alkyls of the same type or different types).

More preferred as R ^4,
(1) Hydrogen atom,
(2) Halogen atom,
(3) C _1-6 alkyl group (the group may be substituted with 1 to 3 groups of the same type or different types selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, and C _1-6 alkoxy). ,
(4) C _1-6 Alkoxy Group (The group may be substituted with 1 to 3 groups of the same type or different types selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, and C _1-6 alkoxy). ,
(5) C _2-6 alkenyl group (the group may be substituted with one or two halogen atoms of the same or different species), or (6) amino group (the group may be one or two of the same or different species). It may be substituted with C _1-6 alkyls).

More preferably the R ^4,
(1) Hydrogen atom,
(2) Halogen atom,
(3) C _1-6 alkyl group (the group may be substituted with 1 to 3 groups of the same type or different types selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, and C _1-6 alkoxy). , Or (4) amino group.

Even more preferably as R ^4, it is 1-3 fluorine substituted methyl group; and most preferably, a two fluorine substituted methyl.

Preferred examples of W ^3,
(1) C _1-4 alkylene group (the group may be substituted with 1 to 4 groups of the same type or different types selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, and C _1-6 alkoxy). ,
(2) C _3-4 alkenylene group (the group may be substituted with one or two halogen atoms of the same or different species), or (3) C _3-4 alquinylene group (the group may be the same or different). It may be substituted with 1 or 2 halogen atoms in the above).
More preferably, it consists of a methylene group (the group may be substituted with one or two halogen atoms of the same or different species) or an ethylene group (the group consists of a halogen atom, hydroxy, and C _1-6 alkoxy. It may be substituted with 1 to 4 groups of the same or different species selected from the group; more preferably a methylene group (the group is substituted with 1 to 2 halogen atoms of the same or different species). May be).
A deuterium converter obtained by converting one or more ¹ H of W ³ into ² H (D) is also mentioned as a preferable embodiment.

R ⁵ is preferably a hydroxy group, or a C _1-6 alkoxy group, which is a group of 1 to 3 of the same or different species selected from the group consisting of halogen atoms, hydroxy, and C _1-6 alkoxy. It may be replaced). More preferably, it is a hydroxy group.

The n of the above [1] and the m of the above [12] are independently selected from 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5, respectively. It is preferably 1, 2 or 3. However, when the substitutable position on the ring to be replaced by R ⁴ or R ¹¹ is less than 5, n and m are selected with the maximum number of substitutable R ⁴ or R ¹¹ being possible. For example, if the ring ^{Q 1} is a pyridyl group, m is selected from 1, 2, 3, and 4.

Since the compound of the present invention may exist in the form of a hydrate and / or a solvate, a solvate such as these hydrates or an ethanol solvate is also included in the compound of the present invention. Furthermore, the compounds of the present invention also include those in crystalline form in all aspects.
Pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compound represented by the formula (1') include, for example, hydrochlorides, hydrobromates, sulfates, phosphates, nitrates and other inorganic acid salts; and acetates. , Propionate, oxalate, succinate, lactate, malate, tartrate, citrate, maleate, fumarate, methanesulfonate, p-toluenesulfonate, benzenesulfonic acid Specific examples include salts, organic acid salts such as ascorbic acid salt, and the like.

The compound represented by the formula (1') may exist as a tautomer. Therefore, the compound of the present invention also includes tautomers of the compound represented by the formula (1').

The compound represented by the formula (1') may have at least one asymmetric carbon atom. Therefore, the compound of the present invention includes not only the racemic compound of the compound represented by the formula (1') but also the optically active compound of these compounds. When the compound represented by the formula (1') has two or more asymmetric carbon atoms, stereoisomerism may occur. Therefore, the compounds of the present invention also include stereoisomers of these compounds and mixtures thereof and isolated ones.
Moreover, encompassed in the compound of formula (1 ') a deuterium converter which converts any one or more of the ^{1 H} to ^{2 H} (D) of the compound represented by even the formula (1') Will be done.

Production Method The compound of the present invention is synthesized by the production method shown below and a method combining a known compound and a known synthesis method.
The compounds used as raw material compounds may also be used as salts. It should be noted that these reactions are merely examples, and the compound of the present invention can be appropriately produced by another method based on the knowledge of a person who is proficient in organic synthesis.

In each of the production methods described below, even if the use of a protecting group is not specifically specified, if a functional group that requires protection exists, the functional group is protected as necessary. The desired product may be obtained by deprotecting after completion of the reaction or after performing a series of reactions.

Protecting groups include TW Greene and PGM Wuts, "Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis", 3rd Ed., John Wiley and Sons, Inc., New (19), etc. As the protecting group for the amino group, for example, benzyloxycarbonyl, tert-butoxycarbonyl, acetyl, benzyl and the like can be used, and more specifically, the protecting group for the hydroxy group can be used. Examples thereof include trialkylsilyl, acetyl, benzyl and the like.

The introduction and elimination of protecting groups is a method commonly used in synthetic organic chemistry (eg, TW Greene and PGM Wuts, "Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis", 3rd Ed., John Wiley and Son. , Inc., the method described in New York (1999), etc.) or a method similar thereto.

［式中、Ｗ^１、Ｗ^３、Ｒ^１、Ｒ^２、Ｒ^４、Ｒ^５、ｎ、環Ｑ^１、および環Ｑ^２は、前記〔１〕と同義である。］ Manufacturing method 1
Among the compounds represented by the formula (1'), the compound represented by the formula (1-7) is produced by binding the respective partial structures at the portions a and b.

[In the equation, W ¹ , W ³ , R ¹ , R ² , R ⁴ , R ⁵ , n, ring Q ¹ , and ring Q ² are synonymous with [1] above. ]

［式中、Ｗ^１、Ｗ^３、Ｒ^１、Ｒ^２、Ｒ^４、Ｒ^５、ｎ、環Ｑ^１、および環Ｑ^２は、前記〔１〕と同義であり；Ｒ^１０１はＣ_１−６アルキル基を表し；Ｌは脱離基（例えば、ヨウ素原子、臭素原子、塩素原子、置換スルホニル基（例えば、メタンスルホニル基、ｐ-トルエンスルホニル基等）等）を表す。］ The bond forming method for the portions a and b can be exemplified as follows, but the order of bond formation can be appropriately changed.

[In the formula, W ¹ , W ³ , R ¹ , R ² , R ⁴ , R ⁵ , n, ring Q ¹ , and ring Q ² are synonymous with [1] above; R ¹⁰¹ is C _1-6. Represents an alkyl group; L represents a leaving group (eg, iodine atom, bromine atom, chlorine atom, substituted sulfonyl group (eg, methanesulfonyl group, p-toluenesulfonyl group, etc.), etc.). ]

As the compound (1-1), a commercially available product or a compound produced by a known synthetic method (for example, a new heterocyclic compound application edition (Kodansha Scientific edition)) can be used.

Step 1-1: Preparation process of Compound (1-2) (1-2), the compound (1-1) a known method (for ^{example, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis 3 rd} Edition (John Wiley & Sons, Inc .), Comprehensive Organic Transformation, by RC Larock, etc., VCH publisher Inc., 1989, etc.) It is produced by hydrolysis in the same manner.

Step 1-2: Production step of compound (1-5) Compound (1-5) is an alkylation reaction using compound (1-3) and compound (1-4) in the presence of a base in an inert solvent. Manufactured by.

Specific examples of the base include organic bases such as triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, and pyridine; potassium carbonate, sodium carbonate, cesium carbonate, potassium hydrogencarbonate, sodium hydrogencarbonate, potassium dihydrogen phosphate, dipotassium hydrogen phosphate, phosphorus. Inorganic bases such as potassium acid, sodium dihydrogen phosphate, disodium hydrogen phosphate, sodium phosphate, potassium hydroxide, sodium hydroxide, sodium hydride, etc .; metal alkoxides such as sodium methoxydo, potassium tert-butoxide, etc. Be done.

Specific examples of the inert solvent include halogenated hydrocarbons such as chloroform and dichloromethane; aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene; ether solvents such as diethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran (THF) and 1,4-dioxane; acetonitrile, Examples thereof include aprotonic polar solvents such as acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, N, N-dimethylformamide, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidinone and dimethyl sulfoxide; basic solvents such as pyridine; and mixed solvents thereof.

The reaction temperature is not particularly limited, but is usually selected from the range of 0 ° C. to 150 ° C., preferably 20 ° C. to 100 ° C. The reaction time is usually 30 minutes to 48 hours, preferably 30 minutes to 10 hours.

Step 1-3: Production Step of Compound (1-6) Compound (1-6) is produced by reducing the nitro group of compound (1-5). For example, reduction under acidic conditions with a metal such as zinc, iron, tin or a metal salt such as tin (II) chloride; sulfides such as sodium phobicate (Na ₂ S ₂ O ₄ ) were used. Reduction: Contact reduction using a metal catalyst such as palladium / carbon, Raney nickel, platinum oxide / carbon, rhodium / carbon under a hydrogen atmosphere is applied.

In the reduction reaction using a metal or a metal salt, the amount of the metal or metal salt used is usually about 1 mol to 100 mol, preferably about 10 mol to 30 mol, relative to 1 mol of compound (1-5). .. The amount of acid used is usually about 1 mol to 100 mol, preferably about 10 mol to 30 mol, relative to 1 mol of compound (1-5). The reduction reaction is usually carried out in a solvent (eg, ethanol) that does not adversely affect the reaction. The reaction temperature is not particularly limited, but is usually selected from the range of 0 ° C. to 100 ° C. The reaction time is usually 30 minutes to 8 hours.

In the catalytic reduction reaction, the amount of the metal catalyst used is usually 0.1% by weight to 1000% by weight, preferably 1% by weight to 100% by weight, based on the compound (1-5). This reaction can be carried out in, for example, alcohols such as methanol; ethers such as tetrahydrofuran; esters such as ethyl acetate. The hydrogen pressure is usually 1 atm to 100 atm, preferably 1 to 5 atm. The reaction temperature is not particularly limited, but is usually selected from the range of 0 ° C. to 120 ° C., preferably 20 ° C. to 80 ° C. The reaction time is usually 30 minutes to 72 hours, preferably 1 hour to 48 hours.

Further, this reaction can be carried out in the presence of an acid catalyst, if necessary. As the acid catalyst, for example, organic acids such as formic acid, acetic acid and trifluoroacetic acid, and inorganic acids such as sulfuric acid, hydrochloric acid and hydrobromic acid are used. The amount of acid used is 0.1 mol or more per 1 mol of compound (1-5).

Step 1-4: Production step of compound (1-7) In compound (1-7), compound (1-2) and compound (1-6) are reacted in the presence of a condensing agent in an inert solvent. Manufactured by

The reaction may be further carried out in the presence of a base. The reaction temperature is not particularly limited, but is usually selected from a range of about −20 ° C. to the boiling point of the solvent used. The reaction time varies depending on the conditions such as the reaction temperature, the condensing agent used, the raw material, and the solvent, but is usually 10 minutes to 48 hours.

Specific examples of the condensing agent include dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (DCC), diisopropylcarbodiimide (DIPC), 1-ethyl-3- (3-dimethylaminopropyl) -carbodiimide (WSC), and benzotriazole-1-yloxytris ( Didimethylamino) phosphonium hexafluorophosphate (BOP), diphenylphosphoryl azide (DPPA), N, N-carbonyldimidazole (CDI), O- (benzotriazole-1-yl) -N, N, N', N'-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate (HBTU), O- (7-azabenzotriazole-1-yl) -N, N, N', N'-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate (HBTU) HATU), diphenyl chlorophosphate and the like. If necessary, for example, N-hydroxysuccinimide (HOSu), 1-hydroxybenzotriazole (HOBt), 3-hydroxy-4-oxo-3,4-dihydro-1,2,3-benzotriazine (HOOBt), etc. The reaction can be carried out by adding the additive of.

Specific examples of the base include organic bases such as triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, and pyridine; potassium carbonate, sodium carbonate, cesium carbonate, potassium hydrogencarbonate, sodium hydrogencarbonate, potassium dihydrogen phosphate, dipotassium hydrogen phosphate, phosphorus. Inorganic bases such as potassium acid, sodium dihydrogen phosphate, disodium hydrogen phosphate, sodium phosphate, potassium hydroxide, sodium hydroxide, sodium hydride, etc .; metal alkoxides such as sodium methoxydo, potassium tert-butoxide, etc. Be done.

Specific examples of the inert solvent include halogenated hydrocarbons such as chloroform and dichloromethane; aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene; ether solvents such as diethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran (THF) and 1,4-dioxane; acetonitrile. , Aprotonic polar solvents such as acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, dimethylformamide, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidinone, dimethyl sulfoxide; basic solvents such as pyridine; and mixed solvents thereof.

Compound (1-7) can also be produced by reacting compound (1-6) with an acid halide or acid anhydride derived from compound (1-2) in an inert solvent in the presence of a base. Manufactured.

［式中、Ｒ^４、ｎ、および環Ｑ^２は、前記〔１〕と同義であり；Ａはボロン酸またはボロン酸エステルを表し；Ｒ^１０１は、Ｃ_１−６アルキル基を表し；Ｒ^１０２は、置換されていてもよいＣ_１−６アルキル基を表し；Ｒ^ａおよびＲ^ｂは、同一または異なって、水素原子またはメチル基を表し；Ｒは、１〜２個のニトロ基で置換されているベンゼンスルホニル基を表し；Ｘはハロゲン原子を表し、Ｌは脱離基（例えば、ヨウ素原子、臭素原子、塩素原子、置換スルホニル基（例えば、メタンスルホニル基、ｐ-トルエンスルホニル基等）等）を表す。］ Manufacturing method 2
Among the compounds represented by the formula (1-1), the compounds represented by the formulas (2-5), (2-8), (2-11) and (2-13) are shown below, for example. Manufactured by the following methods.

[In the formula, R ⁴ , n, and ring Q ² are synonymous with [1] above; A represents boronic acid or boronic acid ester; R ¹⁰¹ represents C _1-6 alkyl group; R ^102. _{Represents a} C _1-6 alkyl group that may be substituted; ^Ra and R ^b represent the same or different hydrogen atom or methyl group; R is substituted with 1-2 nitro groups. Represents a benzenesulfonyl group; X represents a halogen atom, L represents a leaving group (eg, iodine atom, bromine atom, chlorine atom, substituted sulfonyl group (eg, methanesulfonyl group, p-toluenesulfonyl group, etc.), etc.) ). ]

Step 2-1: Production step of compound (2-3) Compound (2-3) contains compound (2-1) and compound (2-2) in the presence of a palladium catalyst and a base in an inert solvent. Manufactured by reacting.

Specific examples of the palladium catalyst include tetrakis (triphenylphosphine) palladium (0), bis (dibenzylideneacetone) palladium (0), tris (dibenzylideneacetone) dipalladium (0), and bis (tri-tert-). Examples thereof include butylphosphine) palladium (0), [1,1'-bis (diphenylphosphino) ferrocene] palladium (II) dichloride.
Specific examples of the base include inorganic bases such as potassium carbonate, sodium carbonate, cesium carbonate, potassium phosphate, potassium hydroxide and sodium hydroxide.
Examples of the inert solvent include toluene, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, 1,4-dioxane, DMF, water and a mixed solvent thereof.
The reaction temperature is not particularly limited, but is usually selected from the range of 50 ° C. to 150 ° C., preferably 80 ° C. to 120 ° C., and the reaction under microwave irradiation can also be carried out. The reaction time is usually 1 to 24 hours, preferably 2 to 12 hours.

Step 2-2: Production step of compound (2-4) Compound (2-4) is a mixture of compound (2-3) and osmium tetroxide or potassium osmate (IV) dihydrate coexisting with sodium periodate. Manufactured by reacting below.

Examples of the solvent used include acetone, 1,4-dioxane, THF, tert-butanol, water and a mixed solvent thereof.
The reaction temperature is not particularly limited, but is usually selected from the range of 0 ° C. to 100 ° C., preferably 25 ° C. to 50 ° C. The reaction time is usually 1 hour to 72 hours, preferably 1 hour to 24 hours.

The compound (2-4) is also produced by passing an oxygen stream containing ozone in a solvent such as dichloromethane, ethyl acetate, and methanol, and then reacting with a reducing agent such as dimethyl sulfide. The reaction temperature is not particularly limited, but is usually selected from the range of −78 ° C. to room temperature. The reaction time is from 1 hour to 72 hours, preferably from 6 hours to 24 hours.

Step 2-3: Production Step of Compound (2-5) Compound (2-5) is produced by reacting compound (2-4) with an organometallic reagent or a hydride reducing agent.

Specific examples of the organometallic reagent include a methyllithium reagent, a methyl Grignard reagent, and the like.
Specific examples of the hydride reducing agent include sodium borohydride, sodium cyanoborohydride and the like.

Examples of the solvent used for the reaction with the organic metal reagent include THF, diethyl ether and a mixed solvent thereof, and examples of the solvent used for the reaction with the hydride reducing agent include methanol, ethanol, dichloromethane, toluene and these. Examples include mixed solvents.
The reaction temperature is not particularly limited, but is usually selected from the range of −78 ° C. to 50 ° C., preferably 0 ° C. to 25 ° C. The reaction time is usually 5 minutes to 12 hours, preferably 30 minutes to 6 hours.

Step 2-4: Production step of compound (2-6) When L of compound (2-6) is a substituted sulfonyl group, compound (2-5) is in the presence of a base and alkyl or arylsulfonyl chloride is used as an inert solvent. Manufactured by reacting in.

Specific examples of the alkyl or arylsulfonyl chloride include, for example, methanesulfonyl chloride, benzenesulfonyl chloride, p-toluenesulfonyl chloride, 2,4,6-trimethylbenzenesulfonyl chloride and the like.
Examples of the base include organic bases such as triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine and pyridine; and inorganic bases such as potassium carbonate, sodium carbonate, cesium carbonate, potassium hydrogencarbonate and sodium hydrogencarbonate.
Examples of the inert solvent include THF, dichloromethane, toluene and a mixed solvent thereof.
The reaction temperature is not particularly limited, but is usually selected from the range of 0 ° C to 100 ° C, preferably 0 ° C to 50 ° C. The reaction time is usually 1 hour to 72 hours, preferably 1 hour to 24 hours.

When L of compound (2-6) is halogen, the halogenating reagent is allowed to act on compound (2-5) in an inert solvent, or an alkyl or arylsulfonyl chloride and a halide of an alkali metal are allowed to act. Manufactured by

Examples of the halogenating reagent include thionyl chloride, oxalyl dichloride, phosphorus tribromide, phosphorus pentachloride, phosphorus oxychloride and the like.
Specific examples of alkyl or arylsulfonyl chloride include, for example, methanesulfonyl chloride, benzenesulfonyl chloride, p-toluenesulfonyl chloride, 2,4,6-trimethylbenzenesulfonyl chloride and the like, and examples of alkali metal halides include alkali metal halides. For example, lithium chloride, sodium chloride, potassium chloride, lithium bromide, sodium bromide, potassium bromide, lithium iodide, sodium iodide, potassium iodide and the like can be mentioned.

Step 2-5: Production Step of Compound (2-8) Compound (2-8) is produced by reacting compound (2-6) with a sodium alkoxide represented by the formula (2-7). .. Sodium alkoxide can be prepared from metallic sodium and various alcohols, if desired.

Examples of the solvent used include methanol, ethanol, THF, DMF, 1,4-dioxane, and a mixed solvent thereof.
The reaction temperature is not particularly limited, but is usually selected from the range of 0 ° C to 100 ° C, preferably 0 ° C to 50 ° C. The reaction time is usually 30 minutes to 12 hours, preferably 1 hour to 6 hours.

Step 2-6: Production Step of Compound (2-10) Compound (2-10) is represented by Compound (2-5) and Formula (2-9) in an inert solvent in the presence of a Mitsunobu reagent. Manufactured by Mitsunobu reaction with benzenesulfonamide.

Examples of the Mitsunobu reagent include diethyl azodicarboxylate (DEAD), isopropyl azodicarboxylate (DIAD), triphenylphosphine, tributylphosphine, and the like, and cyanomethylenetrimethylphosphorane (Kakuda reagent) can also be used. ..
Examples of the inert solvent include toluene, benzene, THF, 1,4-dioxane and a mixed solvent thereof.
The reaction temperature is not particularly limited, but is usually selected from the range of 0 ° C to 100 ° C, preferably 0 ° C to 50 ° C. The reaction time is usually 1 to 48 hours, preferably 12 to 24 hours.

Step 2-7: Production step of compound (2-11) Compound (2-11) is produced by reacting compound (2-10) with thiol in the presence of a base to deprotect the benzenesulfonyl group. Will be done.
Examples of the thiol include thiophenol, dodecane thiol and the like.
Examples of the base include inorganic bases such as cesium carbonate and potassium carbonate.
Examples of the solvent used include DMF, toluene, THF, 1,4-dioxane and a mixed solvent thereof.
The reaction temperature is not particularly limited, but is usually selected from the range of 0 ° C to 100 ° C, preferably 0 ° C to 50 ° C. The reaction time is usually 1 hour to 48 hours, preferably 3 hours to 12 hours.

Step 2-8: Production of Compound (2-12) Compound (2-12) reacts compound (2-6) with di-tert-butyliminodicarboxylate in an inert solvent in the presence of a base. Manufactured by allowing.

Examples of the base include sodium hydride, potassium-tert-butoxide, sodium bis (trimethylsilyl) amide, lithium bis (trimethylsilyl) amide, potassium bis (trimethylsilyl) amide, lithium diisopropylamide and the like.
Examples of the inert solvent include DMF, THF and a mixed solvent thereof.
The reaction temperature is not particularly limited, but is usually selected from the range of 0 ° C. to 150 ° C., preferably 25 ° C. to 120 ° C. The reaction time is usually 1 hour to 72 hours, preferably 6 hours to 24 hours.

Step 2-9: Production step of compound (2-13) Compound (2-13) is not added to the amine obtained after deprotecting the Boc group of compound (2-12) under acidic conditions. It is produced by allowing an acylating agent to act in an active solvent in the presence of a base.

Examples of the acid used in the deprotection step include trifluoroacetic acid, hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid and the like.
The reaction temperature is not particularly limited, but is usually selected from the range of 0 ° C to 100 ° C, preferably 0 ° C to 50 ° C. The reaction time is usually 1 hour to 72 hours, preferably 6 hours to 24 hours.

Examples of the acylating agent include carboxylic acid halides such as R ¹⁰² COCl and R ¹⁰² COBr; and carboxylic acid anhydrides such as (R ¹⁰² CO) ₂ O. If necessary, an accelerator such as DMAP may be used.
Examples of the base include organic bases such as triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine and pyridine; and inorganic bases such as potassium carbonate, sodium carbonate, cesium carbonate, potassium hydrogencarbonate and sodium hydrogencarbonate.
Examples of the inert solvent include dichloromethane, 1,2-dichloroethane, THF, toluene, ethyl acetate and a mixed solvent thereof.
The reaction temperature is not particularly limited, but is usually selected from the range of 0 ° C to 100 ° C, preferably 0 ° C to 50 ° C. The reaction time is usually 30 minutes to 12 hours, preferably 1 hour to 6 hours.

［式中、環Ｑ^２は、前記〔１〕と同義であり；Ｒ^１０１はＣ_１−６アルキル基を表し；Ｘはハロゲン原子を表し；Ｙは、臭素原子またはヨウ素原子を表す］ Manufacturing method 3
Among the compounds represented by the formula (2-1), the compound represented by the formula (3-5) is produced, for example, by the method shown below.

[In the formula, ring Q ² is synonymous with [1] above; R ¹⁰¹ represents a C _1-6 alkyl group; X represents a halogen atom; Y represents a bromine atom or an iodine atom].

Step 3-1: Production of compound (3-2) Compound (3-2) is produced by reacting compound (3-1) with a brominating agent in the presence of a radical initiator in an inert solvent. To.

Specific examples of the radical initiator include azobisisobutyronitrile (AIBN), benzoyl peroxide (BPO) and the like.
Specific examples of the brominating agent include N-bromosuccinimide, bromine and the like.
Examples of the inert solvent include carbon tetrachloride, chlorobenzene and a mixed solvent thereof.
The reaction temperature is not particularly limited, but is usually selected from the range of 50 ° C. to 150 ° C., preferably 80 ° C. to 120 ° C. The reaction time is usually 3 to 48 hours, preferably 4 to 12 hours.

Step 3-2: Production Step of Compound (3-4) Compound (3-4) is produced by allowing silver nitrate to act on compound (3-2) in an inert solvent.

Specific examples of the inert solvent include acetonitrile, THF, 1,4-dioxane and a mixed solvent thereof.
The reaction temperature is not particularly limited, but is usually selected from the range of 50 ° C. to 150 ° C., preferably 80 ° C. to 120 ° C. The reaction time is usually 3 to 48 hours, preferably 4 to 12 hours.

Step 3-3: Production step of compound (3-4) Compound (3-4) is also produced by reacting compound (3-3) with an organometallic reagent and then treating it with a formylation agent. To.
Examples of the organometallic reagent include isopropylmagnesium chloride lithium chloride complex, isopropylmagnesium chloride, n-butyllithium and the like.
Examples of the solvent used include THF, diethyl ether, toluene and a mixed solvent thereof.
Examples of the formylation agent include DMF, N-formylmorpholine and the like.
The reaction temperature is usually selected from the range of −78 ° C. to 50 ° C., preferably −30 ° C. to 25 ° C. The reaction time is usually 30 minutes to 24 hours, preferably 1 hour to 6 hours.

Step 3-4: Production Step of Compound (3-5) Compound (3-5) is produced by allowing compound (3-4) to act on a deoxidizing fluorinating agent in an inert solvent.
Specific examples of the deoxidizing fluorinating agent include diethylaminosulfatrifluoride (DAST), bis (2-methoxyethyl) aminosulfatrifluoride (Deoxo-Fluor (registered trademark)), and XtalFluor-E (registered trademark). , XtalFluor-M®, 4-tert-butyl-2,6-dimethylphenylsulfatrifluoride (Fluoread®) and the like. If necessary, DBU, triethylamine hydrogen trifluoride salt, triethylamine hydrogen difluoride salt and the like can be used as the promoter.
Specific examples of the inert solvent include dichloromethane, 1,2-dichloroethane, toluene, THF, a mixed solvent thereof and the like.
The reaction temperature is not particularly limited, but is usually selected from the range of −20 ° C. to 50 ° C., preferably 0 ° C. to 25 ° C. The reaction time is usually 10 minutes to 12 hours, preferably 30 minutes to 3 hours.

Compound (3-5) is also produced by reacting compound (3-4) with sulfur tetrafluoride.

［式中、Ｒ^４、ｎ、および環Ｑ^２は、前記〔１〕と同義であり；Ｒ^１０１はＣ_１−６アルキル基を表す。］ Manufacturing method 4
Among the compounds represented by the formula (1-1), the compound represented by the formula (4-3) is produced, for example, by the method shown below.

[In the formula, R ⁴ , n, and ring Q ² are synonymous with [1] above; R ¹⁰¹ represents a C _1-6 alkyl group. ]

Step 4-1: Production of compound (4-2) Compound (4-2) is produced by hydrobromoizing compound (4-1) in an inert solvent and then treating it with a base.

Examples of the brominating agent used in the hydrobromoization step include N-bromosuccinimide, bromine and the like.
Examples of the inert solvent include tert-butanol, water, THF, 1,4-dioxane and a mixed solvent thereof.
The reaction temperature is not particularly limited, but is usually selected from the range of 0 ° C to 100 ° C, preferably 0 ° C to 50 ° C. The reaction time is usually 30 minutes to 12 hours, preferably 1 hour to 6 hours.

Examples of the base used in the base treatment step include sodium hydride, potassium hydride, NaHMDS, potassium-tert-butoxide, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, triethylamine and the like.
Examples of the inert solvent include THF, 1,4-dioxane, DMF and a mixed solvent thereof.
The reaction temperature is not particularly limited, but is usually selected from the range of 0 ° C. to 80 ° C., preferably 0 ° C. to 50 ° C. The reaction time is usually 30 minutes to 8 hours, preferably 1 hour to 4 hours.

Step 4-2: Production Step of Compound (4-3) Compound (4-3) is produced by catalytically reducing compound (4-2) in an inert solvent using a palladium catalyst.

Examples of the palladium catalyst include palladium-carbon, palladium hydroxide and the like.
Examples of the solvent used include THF, methanol, ethanol, 2-propanol and a mixed solvent thereof.
The reaction temperature is not particularly limited, but is usually selected from the range of 0 ° C to 100 ° C, preferably 25 ° C to 80 ° C. The reaction time is usually 1 to 12 hours, preferably 2 to 6 hours.

［式中、Ｒ^４、ｎ、および環Ｑ^２は、前記〔１〕と同義であり；Ｒ^１０１はＣ_１−６アルキル基を表す。］ Manufacturing method 5
Among the compounds represented by the formula (1-1), the compound represented by the formula (5-1) is produced, for example, by the method shown below.

[In the formula, R ⁴ , n, and ring Q ² are synonymous with [1] above; R ¹⁰¹ represents a C _1-6 alkyl group. ]

Compound (5-1) is produced by reacting compound (4-1) with osmium tetroxide in a suitable solvent in the presence of N-methylmorpholine-N-oxide.

Examples of the solvent used include acetone, 1,4-dioxane, THF, tert-butanol, water and a mixed solvent thereof.
The reaction temperature is not particularly limited, but is usually selected from the range of 0 ° C to 100 ° C, preferably 25 ° C to 50 ° C. The reaction time is usually 1 hour to 72 hours, preferably 6 hours to 24 hours.

［式中、Ｒ^４、ｎ、および環Ｑ^２は、前記〔１〕と同義であり；Ｒ^１０１はＣ_１−６アルキル基を表す。］ Manufacturing method 6
Among the compounds represented by the formula (1-1), the compound represented by the formula (6-2) is produced, for example, by the method shown below.

[In the formula, R ⁴ , n, and ring Q ² are synonymous with [1] above; R ¹⁰¹ represents a C _1-6 alkyl group. ]

Compound (6-2) is produced by subjecting compound (6-1) and paraformaldehyde to a heating reaction in the presence of a base under microwave irradiation.

Examples of the base include N, N-diisopropylethylamine, triethylamine, pyridine, DBU and the like.
Examples of the solvent used include water, THF, 1,4-dioxane and a mixed solvent thereof.
The reaction temperature is not particularly limited, but is usually selected from the range of 100 ° C. to 200 ° C., preferably 120 ° C. to 180 ° C. The reaction time is usually 30 minutes to 12 hours, preferably 1 hour to 6 hours.

［式中、Ｒ^４、ｎ、および環Ｑ^２は、前記〔１〕と同義であり；Ｒ^１０１はＣ_１−６アルキル基を表す。］ Manufacturing method 7
Among the compounds represented by the formula (1-1), the compound represented by the formula (7-2) is produced, for example, by the method shown below.

[In the formula, R ⁴ , n, and ring Q ² are synonymous with [1] above; R ¹⁰¹ represents a C _1-6 alkyl group. ]

Compound (7-2) is produced by reacting compound (7-1) with a carboxylic acid chloride in the presence of a base to convert it into an acid anhydride, and then carrying out a reduction reaction using a hydride reducing agent. ..

Examples of the base used in the acid anhydride step include N-methylmorpholine, N, N-diisopropylethylamine, triethylamine, pyridine, DBU and the like.
Specific examples of the carboxyl chloride product include isobutyl chloroformate, ethyl chloroformate, methyl chloroformate, acetyl chloride and the like.
Examples of the solvent used include DME, THF, 1,4-dioxane, dichloromethane, 1,2-dichloroethane and a mixed solvent thereof.
The reaction temperature is not particularly limited, but is usually selected from the range of 0 ° C to 100 ° C, preferably 0 ° C to 25 ° C. The reaction time is usually 30 minutes to 12 hours, preferably 1 hour to 6 hours.

Specific examples of the hydride reducing agent in the reduction step include sodium borohydride, sodium borohydride triacetoxy, and the like.
Examples of the solvent used include methanol, ethanol, 2-propanol, THF and the like.
The reaction temperature is not particularly limited, but is usually selected from the range of 0 ° C. to 50 ° C., preferably 0 ° C. to 25 ° C. The reaction time is usually 30 minutes to 12 hours, preferably 1 hour to 6 hours.

［式中、Ｗ^１、Ｒ^１、Ｒ^２、Ｒ^４、ｎ、環Ｑ^１、環Ｑ^２は、前記〔１〕と同義であり；Ｒ^１０１は、Ｃ_１−６アルキル基を表し；Ｒ^ｃおよびＲ^ｄは、同一または異なって、水素原子、重水素原子またはメチル基を表す］ Manufacturing method 8
Among the compounds represented by the formula (1'), the compound represented by the formula (8-3) is produced, for example, by the method shown below.

[In the formula, W ¹ , R ¹ , R ² , R ⁴ , n, ring Q ¹ , ring Q ² are synonymous with [1] above; R ¹⁰¹ represents a C _1-6 alkyl group; R ^c and R ^d represent the same or different hydrogen atom, deuterium atom or methyl group]

Step 8-1: Production step of compound (8-2) Compound (8-2) is produced from compound (8-1) and compound (1-6) according to the method described in step 1-4. To.

Step 8-2: Production Step of Compound (8-3) Compound (8-3) is produced by allowing compound (8-2) to react with an organometallic reagent or a hydride reducing agent in an inert solvent.

Specific examples of the organometallic reagent include a methyllithium reagent, a methyl Grignard reagent, and the like. Examples of the solvent used include THF, diethyl ether, and a mixed solvent thereof.

Specific examples of the hydride reducing agent include sodium borohydride, lithium borohydride, lithium aluminum hydride, sodium cyanoborohydride, lithium triethylborohydride, diisobutylaluminum hydride, and bis hydride (2-methoxy). Ethoxy) sodium aluminum, lithium cyanoborohydride, lithium aluminum hydride and the like can be mentioned. Examples of the solvent used include methanol, ethanol, dichloromethane, toluene and a mixed solvent thereof.

The reaction temperature is not particularly limited, but is usually selected from the range of −78 ° C. to 25 ° C., preferably 0 ° C. to 25 ° C. The reaction time is usually 5 minutes to 12 hours, preferably 30 minutes to 6 hours.

［式中、Ｗ^１、Ｒ^１、Ｒ^２、環Ｑ^１、および環Ｑ^２は、前記〔１〕と同義であり；Ｘは、ハロゲン原子を表し；Ｒ^ｃおよびＲ^ｄは、同一または異なって、水素原子、重水素原子またはメチル基を表す］ Manufacturing method 9
Among the compounds represented by the formula (1'), the compounds represented by the formulas (9-2), (9-3) and (9-4) are produced, for example, by the methods shown below.

[In the formula, W ¹ , R ¹ , R ² , ring Q ¹ and ring Q ² are synonymous with [1] above; X represents a halogen atom; R ^c and R ^d are the same or different. Represents a hydrogen atom, a deuterium atom or a methyl group]

Step 9-1: Production step of compound (9-2) Compound (9-2) undergoes a palladium-catalyzed cross-coupling reaction using various coupling reagents with compound (9-1) in an inert solvent. Manufactured by doing.

Specific examples of the coupling reagent include methylchlorozinc, methylbromozinc, methyliodozinc, methylboronic acid, methylboronic acid pinacol ester, methyltrifluoroborane-potassium salt and the like.
Examples of the inert solvent include THF, toluene, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, 1,4-dioxane, DMF and a mixed solvent thereof. Specific examples of the palladium reagent include tetrakis (triphenylphosphine) palladium (0), bis (dibenzylideneacetone) palladium (0), tris (dibenzylideneacetone) dipalladium (0), and bis (tri-tert-butyl). Examples thereof include phosphine) palladium (0), [1,1'-bis (diphenylphosphino) ferrocene] palladium (II) dichloride.
Specific examples of the base include inorganic bases such as potassium carbonate, sodium carbonate, cesium carbonate, potassium phosphate, potassium hydroxide and sodium hydroxide.
The reaction temperature is not particularly limited, but is usually selected from the range of 0 ° C. to 150 ° C., preferably 25 ° C. to 100 ° C. The reaction time is usually 1 hour to 72 hours, preferably 1 hour to 24 hours.

Step 9-2: Production step of compound (9-3) Compound (9-3) is produced using compound (9-1) according to the method described in step 2-1.

Step 9-3: Production step of compound (9-4) Compound (9-4) is produced by catalytically reducing the vinyl group of compound (9-3) in a suitable solvent using a metal catalyst. To.

Examples of the metal catalyst include palladium / carbon, Raney nickel, platinum oxide / carbon, rhodium / carbon and the like.
The amount of the metal catalyst used is usually 0.1% by weight to 1000% by weight, preferably 1% by weight to 100% by weight, based on the compound (9-2).
Examples of the solvent include alcohols such as methanol; ethers such as tetrahydrofuran; esters such as ethyl acetate and the like.
The hydrogen pressure is usually 1 atm to 100 atm, preferably 1 to 5 atm.
The reaction temperature is not particularly limited, but is usually selected from the range of 0 ° C. to 120 ° C., preferably 20 ° C. to 80 ° C. The reaction time is usually 30 minutes to 72 hours, preferably 1 hour to 48 hours.

Compound (9-4) is also produced by allowing compound (9-3) to act on hydrazine hydrate.

［式中、Ｗ^１、Ｒ^１、Ｒ^２、および環Ｑ^１は、前記〔１〕と同義であり；Ｘ^１、Ｘ^２は、前記〔２５〕と同義であり；Ｒ^１０１は、Ｃ_１−６アルキル基を表し、Ｒ^１０２は、Ｃ_１−６アルキル基、ベンジル基、アリル基等を表し；Ｒ^ａおよびＲ^ｂは、同一または異なって、水素原子またはメチル基を表す］ Manufacturing method 10
Among the compounds represented by the formula (1'), the compound represented by the formula (10-4) is produced, for example, by the method shown below.

[In the formula, W ¹ , R ¹ , R ² and ring Q ¹ are synonymous with [1] above; X ¹ , X ² are synonymous with [25] above; R ¹⁰¹ is C _{1 Represents a -6} alkyl group, R ¹⁰² represents a C _1-6 alkyl group, a benzyl group, an allyl group, etc; ^Ra and R ^b represent the same or different hydrogen atom or methyl group]

As the compound (10-1), for example, a compound produced according to the method described in the production method 2 can be used.

Step 10-1: Production step of compound (10-2) Compound (10-2) is produced by reacting compound (10-1) with an alkaline aqueous solution.

Examples of the alkaline aqueous solution include sodium hydroxide aqueous solution, potassium hydroxide aqueous solution, lithium hydroxide aqueous solution and the like, and their concentrations are usually 1 to 10 mol / L, preferably 1 to 5 mol / L.
Examples of the solvent used include methanol, ethanol, 2-propanol, THF, 1,4-dioxane and a mixed solvent thereof.
The reaction temperature is not particularly limited, but is usually selected from the range of 0 ° C to 100 ° C, preferably 0 ° C to 50 ° C. The reaction time is usually 10 minutes to 24 hours, preferably 30 minutes to 12 hours.

Step 10-2: Production step of compound (10-3) Compound (10-3) is produced from compound (10-2) and compound (1-6) according to the method described in step 1-4. To.

Step 10-3: Production step of compound (10-4) Compound (10-4) is produced by reacting compound (10-3) with an alkaline aqueous solution.

Examples of the alkaline aqueous solution include sodium hydroxide aqueous solution, potassium hydroxide aqueous solution, lithium hydroxide aqueous solution and the like, and their concentrations are usually 1 to 10 mol / L, preferably 1 to 5 mol / L.
Examples of the solvent used include methanol, ethanol, 2-propanol, THF, 1,4-dioxane and a mixed solvent thereof.
The reaction temperature is not particularly limited, but is usually selected from the range of 0 ° C to 100 ° C, preferably 0 ° C to 50 ° C. The reaction time is usually 1 hour to 24 hours, preferably 1 hour to 6 hours.

［式中、Ｗ^１、Ｗ^３、Ｒ^１、Ｒ^２、Ｒ^４、Ｒ^５、ｎ、環Ｑ^１、および環Ｑ^２は、前記〔１〕と同義であり；Ｒ^１０１はＣ_１−６アルキル基を表す。］ Manufacturing method 11
Among the compounds represented by the formula (1'), the compound represented by the formula (11-4) is produced, for example, by the method shown below.

[In the equation, W ¹ , W ³ , R ¹ , R ² , R ⁴ , R ⁵ , n, ring Q ¹ , and ring Q ² are synonymous with [1] above; R ¹⁰¹ is C _1-6. Represents an alkyl group. ]

As the compound (11-1), a commercially available product or a compound produced by a known synthetic method (for example, International Publication No. 2014/125444) can be used.

Step 11-1: preparation process of Compound (11-2) (11-2), the compound (11-1) with known methods (for ^{example, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis 3 rd} Edition (John Wiley & Sons, Inc .), Comprehensive Organic Transformation, by RC Larock, etc., VCH publisher Inc., 1989, etc.) It is produced by hydrolysis in the same manner.

Step 11-2: Production step of compound (11-4) Compound (11-4) is produced from compound (11-2) and compound (11-3) according to the method described in step 1-4. To.

［式中、Ｗ^１、Ｒ^１、Ｒ^２、Ｒ^４、ｎ、環Ｑ^１、および環Ｑ^２は、前記〔１〕と同義であり；Ｒ^１０１は、Ｃ_１−６アルキル基を表し；Ｒ^ｃおよびＲ^ｄは、同一または異なって、水素原子、重水素原子またはメチル基を表す］ Manufacturing method 12
Among the compounds represented by the formula (1'), the compound represented by the formula (12-5) is produced, for example, by the method shown below.

[In the formula, W ¹ , R ¹ , R ² , R ⁴ , n, ring Q ¹ and ring Q ² are synonymous with [1] above; R ¹⁰¹ represents a C _1-6 alkyl group; R ^c and R ^d represent the same or different hydrogen atom, deuterium atom or methyl group]

Step 12-1: Production Step of Compound (12-2) Compound (12-2) is produced by reacting compound (12-1) with a haloacetic acid ester in the presence of a base in an inert solvent.

Specific examples of the haloacetic acid ester include chloroacetic acid-tert-butyl, bromoacetic acid-tert-butyl, iodoacetic acid-tert-butyl and the like.
Examples of the base include potassium carbonate, sodium carbonate, cesium carbonate, potassium-tert-butoxide, sodium hydride, sodium bis (trimethylsilyl) amide, lithium bis (trimethylsilyl) amide, potassium bis (trimethylsilyl) amide, lithium diisopropylamide and the like. Can be mentioned.
Examples of the inert solvent include DMF, THF, acetonitrile and a mixed solvent thereof.
The reaction temperature is not particularly limited, but is usually selected from the range of 25 ° C. to 150 ° C., preferably 70 ° C. to 100 ° C. The reaction time is usually 10 minutes to 12 hours, preferably 20 minutes to 6 hours.

Step 12-2: Production Step of Compound (12-3) Compound (12-3) is produced by deprotecting the tert-butyl ester group of compound (12-2) under acidic conditions.
Examples of the acid used for deprotection include hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, HBr, HI, TFA and the like.
Examples of the solvent used include methanol, ethanol, dichloromethane, 1,2-dichloroethane, THF, 1,4-dioxane, ethyl acetate, and a mixed solvent thereof.
The reaction temperature is not particularly limited, but is usually selected from the range of 0 ° C to 100 ° C, preferably 25 ° C to 50 ° C. The reaction time is usually 1 to 24 hours, preferably 2 to 12 hours.

Step 12-3: Production step of compound (12-4) Compound (12-4) is produced from compound (12-3) and compound (1-6) according to the method described in step 1-4. To.

Step 12-4: Production step of compound (12-5) Compound (12-5) is produced from compound (12-4) according to the method described in step 8-2.

［式中、Ｒ^４、ｎ、および環Ｑ^２は、前記〔１〕と同義であり；Ｒ^１０１は、Ｃ_１−６アルキル基を表し；Ｒ^ａおよびＲ^ｂは、同一または異なって、水素原子またはメチル基を表し；Ａはボロン酸、ボロン酸エステル、ＢＦ_３Ｋ、またはＢＦ_３Ｎａを表し；Ｒ^１０３は、置換されていてもよいフェニル基を表し；Ｘは、ハロゲン原子を表す］ Manufacturing method 13
The compound represented by the formula (2-5) is also produced from the compound (2-1) by, for example, the method shown below.

^{Wherein, R} 4, n and ring ^{Q 2,} has the same meaning as the above ^{[1]; R 101} _{is, C 1-6} alkyl group; ^{R a} and ^{R b} are the same or different and are hydrogen Represents an atom or methyl group; A represents a boronic acid, a boronic acid ester, BF ₃ K, or BF ₃ Na; R ¹⁰³ represents a optionally substituted phenyl group; X represents a halogen atom]

Step 13-1: Production step of compound (13-2) Compound (13-2) reacts compound (2-1) with compound (13-1) in the presence of a palladium catalyst and a base in an inert solvent. Manufactured by allowing.

Examples of the palladium catalyst include tetrakis (triphenylphosphine) palladium (0), bis (dibenzylideneacetone) palladium (0), tris (dibenzylideneacetone) dipalladium (0), and bis (tri-tert-butylphosphine). Palladium (0), [1,1'-bis (diphenylphosphino) ferrocene] palladium (II) dichloride and the like can be mentioned.
Examples of the base include sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, cesium carbonate, potassium phosphate, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide and the like.
Examples of the inert solvent include 1,4-dioxane, THF, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, water and a mixed solvent thereof.
The reaction temperature is not particularly limited, but is usually selected from the range of 50 ° C to 200 ° C, preferably 80 ° C to 150 ° C. The reaction time is usually 1 to 48 hours, preferably 6 to 18 hours.

Step 13-2: Production Step of Compound (2-5) Compound (2-5) deprotects the benzyl group of compound (13-2) in a suitable solvent by catalytic reduction using a metal catalyst. Manufactured by.

Examples of the metal catalyst include palladium / carbon, Raney nickel, platinum oxide / carbon, rhodium / carbon and the like.
The amount of the metal catalyst used is usually 0.1% by weight to 1000% by weight, preferably 1% by weight to 100% by weight, based on the compound (13-2).
Examples of the solvent include alcohols such as methanol; ethers such as tetrahydrofuran; esters such as ethyl acetate and the like.
The hydrogen pressure is usually 1 atm to 100 atm, preferably 1 to 5 atm.
The reaction temperature is not particularly limited, but is usually selected from the range of 0 ° C. to 120 ° C., preferably 20 ° C. to 80 ° C. The reaction time is usually 30 minutes to 72 hours, preferably 1 hour to 48 hours.

When R ¹⁰³ is a phenyl group substituted with a 4-methoxy group, 2,4-dimethoxy group, etc., the compound (2-5) is prepared by allowing an acid to act on the compound (13-2). Manufactured.

Examples of the acid include TFA, formic acid, hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, methanesulfonic acid, (±) 10-camphorsulfonic acid and the like.
Examples of the solvent used include dichloromethane, 1,2-dichloroethane, 1,4-dioxane, THF, toluene, ethyl acetate, methanol, ethanol, 2-propanol and a mixed solvent thereof.
The reaction temperature is not particularly limited, but is usually selected from the range of 0 ° C to 100 ° C, preferably 25 ° C to 50 ° C. The reaction time is usually 30 minutes to 12 hours, preferably 1 to 9 hours.

［式中、Ｗ^１、Ｒ^１、Ｒ^２、Ｒ^４、ｎ、環Ｑ^１、および環Ｑ^２は、前記〔１〕と同義であり；Ｒ^１０１は、Ｃ_１−６アルキル基を表し；Ｒ^ａおよびＲ^ｂは、同一または異なって、水素原子またはメチル基を表し；Ｒ^１０３は、置換されていてもよいフェニル基を表す］ Manufacturing method 14
Among the compounds represented by the formula (1'), the compound represented by the formula (14-3) is produced, for example, by the method shown below.

[In the formula, W ¹ , R ¹ , R ² , R ⁴ , n, ring Q ¹ and ring Q ² are synonymous with [1] above; R ¹⁰¹ represents a C _1-6 alkyl group; R ^a and R ^b represent the same or different hydrogen atom or methyl group; R ¹⁰³ represents an optionally substituted phenyl group].

Step 14-1: preparation process of Compound (14-1) (14-1), the compound (13-2) with known methods (for ^{example, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis 3 rd} Edition (John Wiley & Sons, Inc .), Comprehensive Organic Transformation, by RC Larock, etc., VCH publisher Inc., 1989, etc.) It is produced by hydrolysis in the same manner.
In this case, compound (14-1) can also be used in the next reaction without isolation.
For example, it can be used in step 14-2 only by hydrolyzing the reaction solution by the above method to neutralize the reaction solution and then distilling off the solution.

Step 14-2: Production step of compound (14-2) Compound (14-2) is produced from compound (14-1) and compound (1-6) according to the method described in step 1-4. To.

Step 14-3: Production Step of Compound (14-3) Compound (14-3) deprotects the benzyl group of compound (14-2) in a suitable solvent by catalytic reduction using a metal catalyst. Manufactured by.

Examples of the metal catalyst include palladium / carbon, Raney nickel, platinum oxide / carbon, rhodium / carbon and the like.
The amount of the metal catalyst used is usually 0.1% by weight to 1000% by weight, preferably 1% by weight to 100% by weight, based on the compound (14-2).
Examples of the solvent include alcohols such as methanol; ethers such as tetrahydrofuran; esters such as ethyl acetate and the like.
The hydrogen pressure is usually 1 atm to 100 atm, preferably 1 to 5 atm.
The reaction temperature is not particularly limited, but is usually selected from the range of 0 ° C. to 120 ° C., preferably 20 ° C. to 80 ° C. The reaction time is usually 30 minutes to 72 hours, preferably 1 hour to 48 hours.

When R ¹⁰³ is a phenyl group substituted with a 4-methoxy group, 2,4-dimethoxy group, etc., the compound (14-3) is prepared by allowing an acid to act on the compound (14-2). Manufactured.

Examples of the acid include TFA, formic acid, hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, methanesulfonic acid, (±) 10-camphorsulfonic acid and the like.
Examples of the solvent used include dichloromethane, 1,2-dichloroethane, 1,4-dioxane, THF, toluene, ethyl acetate, methanol, ethanol, 2-propanol and a mixed solvent thereof.
The reaction temperature is not particularly limited, but is usually selected from the range of 0 ° C to 100 ° C, preferably 25 ° C to 50 ° C. The reaction time is usually 30 minutes to 12 hours, preferably 1 to 9 hours.

［式中、Ｗ^１、Ｒ^１、Ｒ^２、Ｒ^４、ｎ、環Ｑ^１、および環Ｑ^２は、前記〔１〕と同義であり；Ｒ^１０１は、Ｃ_１−６アルキル基を表し；Ｒ^ａおよびＲ^ｂは、同一または異なって、水素原子またはメチル基を表し；Ｘはハロゲン原子を表し；Ａはボロン酸、ボロン酸エステル、ＢＦ_３Ｋ、またはＢＦ_３Ｎａを表し；Ｒ^１０３は、置換されていてもよいフェニル基を表す］ Manufacturing method 15
Among the compounds represented by the formula (1'), the compound represented by the formula (14-2) is produced, for example, by the method shown below.

[In the formula, W ¹ , R ¹ , R ² , R ⁴ , n, ring Q ¹ and ring Q ² are synonymous with [1] above; R ¹⁰¹ represents a C _1-6 alkyl group; R ^a and R ^b are the same or different and represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group; X represents a halogen atom; A represents a boronic acid, a boronic acid ester, BF ₃ K, or BF ₃ Na; R ¹⁰³ is Represents a phenyl group that may be substituted]

Step 15-1: preparation process of Compound (15-1) (15-1), the compound (2-1) a known method (for ^{example, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis 3 rd} Edition (John Wiley & Sons, Inc .), Comprehensive Organic Transformation, by RC Larock, etc., VCH publisher Inc., 1989, etc.) It is produced by hydrolysis in the same manner.
In this case, compound (15-1) can also be used in the next reaction without isolation.
For example, it can be used in step 15-2 only by hydrolyzing the reaction solution by the above method to neutralize the reaction solution and then distilling off the solution.

Step 15-2: Production step of compound (15-2) Compound (15-2) is produced from compound (15-1) and compound (1-6) according to the method described in step 1-4. To.

Step 15-3: Production step of compound (14-2) Compound (14-2) reacts compound (15-2) with compound (13-1) in the presence of a palladium catalyst and a base in an inert solvent. Manufactured by allowing.

Examples of the palladium catalyst include tetrakis (triphenylphosphine) palladium (0), bis (dibenzylideneacetone) palladium (0), tris (dibenzylideneacetone) dipalladium (0), and bis (tri-tert-butylphosphine). Palladium (0), [1,1'-bis (diphenylphosphino) ferrocene] palladium (II) dichloride and the like can be mentioned.
Examples of the base include sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, cesium carbonate, potassium phosphate, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide and the like.
Examples of the inert solvent include 1,4-dioxane, THF, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, water and a mixed solvent thereof.
The reaction temperature is not particularly limited, but is usually selected from the range of 50 ° C to 200 ° C, preferably 80 ° C to 150 ° C. The reaction time is usually 1 to 48 hours, preferably 6 to 18 hours.

［式中、Ｗ^１、Ｗ^３、Ｒ^１、Ｒ^２、Ｒ^４、Ｒ^５、ｎ、環Ｑ^１、および環Ｑ^２は、前記〔１〕と同義であり；Ｒ^１０２は保護基を表し；Ｌは脱離基（例えば、ヨウ素原子、臭素原子、塩素原子、置換スルホニルオキシ基（例えば、メタンスルホニルオキシ基、ｐ-トルエンスルホニルオキシ基等）等）を表す。］ Manufacturing method 16
Among the compounds represented by the formula (1'), the compound represented by the formula (1-7) is produced, for example, by the method shown below.

[In the formula, W ¹ , W ³ , R ¹ , R ² , R ⁴ , R ⁵ , n, ring Q ¹ , and ring Q ² are synonymous with [1] above; R ¹⁰² represents a protecting group. L represents a leaving group (eg, iodine atom, bromine atom, chlorine atom, substituted sulfonyloxy group (eg, methanesulfonyloxy group, p-toluenesulfonyloxy group, etc.)). ]

Step 16-1: Production step of compound (16-1) The compound (16-1) is prepared by introducing a protecting group into the nitrogen atom at the 1-position of the imidazole group of the compound (1-3) in an inert solvent. Manufactured. Examples of the protecting group include 2- (trimethylsilyl) ethoxymethyl, benzyloxycarbonyl, tert-butoxycarbonyl, acetyl, benzyl and the like.

For example, in the reaction for introducing a 2- (trimethylsilyl) ethoxymethyl group, it is produced by reacting 2- (trimethylsilyl) ethoxymethylchloride in an inert solvent in the presence of a base.

Examples of the base include potassium carbonate, sodium carbonate, cesium carbonate, potassium-tert-butoxide, sodium hydride, sodium bis (trimethylsilyl) amide, lithium bis (trimethylsilyl) amide, potassium bis (trimethylsilyl) amide, lithium diisopropylamide and the like. Can be mentioned.
Examples of the inert solvent include DMF, THF, acetonitrile and a mixed solvent thereof.
The reaction temperature is not particularly limited, but is usually selected from the range of 0 ° C. to 150 ° C., preferably 0 ° C. to 100 ° C. The reaction time is usually 10 minutes to 24 hours, preferably 20 minutes to 6 hours.

Step 16-2: Production Step of Compound (16-2) Compound (16-2) is produced from compound (16-1) according to the method described in Step 1-3.

Step 16-3: Production step of compound (16-3) Compound (16-3) is produced from compound (16-2) and compound (1-2) according to the method described in step 1-4. To.

Step 16-4: Production of compound (16-4) Compound (16-4) is produced by deprotecting the protecting group of the nitrogen atom of the imidazole group of compound (16-3) in an inert solvent. To.

For example, in the reaction of deprotecting a 2- (trimethylsilyl) ethoxymethyl group, it is produced by allowing an acid or a fluorine reagent to act in an inert solvent.

Examples of the acid include TFA, formic acid, hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, methanesulfonic acid, (±) 10-camphorsulfonic acid and the like.
Examples of the fluorine reagent include tetrabutylammonium fluoride and the like.
Examples of the solvent used include dichloromethane, 1,2-dichloroethane, 1,4-dioxane, THF, toluene, ethyl acetate, methanol, ethanol, 2-propanol and a mixed solvent thereof.
The reaction temperature is not particularly limited, but is usually selected from the range of 0 ° C. to 150 ° C., preferably 0 ° C. to 50 ° C. The reaction time is usually 5 minutes to 24 hours, preferably 1 hour to 9 hours.

Step 16-5: Production step of compound (1-7) Compound (1-7) is produced from compound (16-4) and compound (1-4) according to the method described in step 1-2. To.

The intermediates and target compounds in each of the above production methods are isolated by subjecting them to purification methods commonly used in synthetic organic chemistry, such as neutralization, filtration, extraction, washing, drying, concentration, recrystallization, and various types of chromatography. Can be purified. In addition, each intermediate can be subjected to the next reaction without any particular purification.

The optically active compound of the compound of the present invention can be produced by using an optically active starting material or an intermediate, or by optically resolving the final racemic mixture. Examples of the optical resolution method include a physical separation method using an optically active column and a chemical separation method such as a fractional crystallization method. The diastereomer of the compound of the present invention is produced, for example, by a fractional crystallization method.

The pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compound represented by the formula (1') include the compound represented by the formula (1') in a solvent such as water, methanol, ethanol, and acetone, and pharmaceuticals. It can be produced by mixing with a potentially acceptable acid.

The compound of the present invention is provided as, for example, an antitumor agent (anticancer agent), and the applicable cancer type is not limited, and examples thereof include hematopoietic tumors and solid cancers. Specifically, hematopoietic tumors include acute leukemia, chronic lymphocytic leukemia, chronic myeloid leukemia, true polyemia, malignant lymphoma, and myeloma, and solid tumors include brain tumors and head and neck cancers. , Esophageal cancer, thyroid cancer, small cell lung cancer, non-small cell lung cancer, breast cancer, gastric cancer, cholecyst / bile duct cancer, liver cancer, pancreatic cancer, colon cancer, rectal cancer, ovarian cancer, villous epithelium Cancer, uterine body cancer, cervical cancer, urinary tract epithelial cancer, renal cell cancer, prostate cancer, testicle tumor, Wilms tumor, malignant melanoma, neuroblastoma, osteosarcoma, Ewing sarcoma, soft part Examples include sarcoma.
The provision of an antitumor agent is expected to have the effect of reducing or eliminating the carcinoma or suppressing the growth of the carcinoma below a certain level for the purpose of preventing and / or treating the cancer. In the present invention, "prevention" is an act of administering the active ingredient of the present invention to a healthy person who has not developed a disease, for example, for the purpose of preventing the onset of a disease. is there. "Treatment" is the act of administering the active ingredient of the present invention to a person (patient) diagnosed as having a disease by a doctor, for example, alleviating the disease or symptom, or cancer. The purpose is to prevent the tumor from growing or to return it to its pre-disease state. Even if the purpose of administration is to prevent the exacerbation of diseases and symptoms or the growth of carcinoma, if the administration is to a patient, it is a therapeutic act.

Since the compound of the present invention has an excellent inhibitory effect on the self-renewal ability of CSC, it can be expected as a novel antitumor agent capable of suppressing the continuous growth, metastasis, and recurrence of malignant tumors caused by CSC.

The compound of the present invention can be prepared and administered in an appropriate dosage form by oral administration or parenteral administration. Dosage forms include, but are not limited to, tablets, capsules, powders, granules, liquids, suspensions, injections, patches, poultices and the like. Formulations are made by known methods using pharmaceutically acceptable additives.

Additives include excipients, disintegrants, binders, fluidizers, lubricants, coatings, solubilizers, solubilizers, thickeners, dispersants, stabilizers, and sweeteners, depending on the purpose. , Perfume and the like can be used. Specifically, for example, lactose, mannitol, crystalline cellulose, low-substituted hydroxypropyl cellulose, corn starch, partially pregelatinized starch, carmellose calcium, croscarmellose sodium, hydroxypropyl cellulose, hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose, polyvinyl alcohol, stear. Examples thereof include magnesium acid, stearyl sodium fumarate, polyethylene glycol, propylene glycol, titanium oxide, and talc.

The dose varies depending on the patient's disease, age, body weight, sex, symptoms, route of administration, etc., but is usually 0.1 to 1000 mg / day, preferably 0, for an adult (body weight 50 kg). . Administer 1 to 300 mg / day once daily or in 2 to 3 divided doses. It can also be administered once every few days to several weeks.

Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in more detail with reference to Reference Examples, Examples and Test Examples, but the present invention is not limited to this. The compound names shown in the following reference examples and examples do not necessarily follow the IUPAC nomenclature.

The following abbreviations may be used herein.
THF: tetrahydrofuran TFA: trifluoroacetic acid (Boc) ₂ O: di-tert-butyl dicarbonate DBU: 1,8-diazabicyclo [5.4.0] -7-undecene DMF: N, N-dimethylformamide DME: 1 , 2-Dimethoxyethane DIEA: N, N-diisopropylethylamine DMAP: N, N-dimethyl-4-aminopyridine EDCI: 1-ethyl-3- (3-dimethylaminopropyl) Carbodiimide EDCI ・ HCl: 1-ethyl-3 -(3-Dimethylaminopropyl) Carbodiimide Hydrochloride HOBt: 1-Hydroxybenzotriazole HOBt · H ₂ O: 1-Hydroxybenzotriazole Monohydrate NBS: N-Bromosuccinimide TBSCl: tert-Butyldimethylchlorosilane Me: Methyl Et : Ethyl Ac: Acetyl Boc: tert-Butoxycarbonyl SEM: 2- (trimethylsilyl) ethoxymethyl
Rt: Retention time

The LC / MS analysis conditions for compound identification are as follows.
LC / MS measurement method:
Detection device: ACQUITY® SQ deteceter (Waters)
HPLC: ACQUITY UPLC® system
Column: Waters ACQUITY UPLC® BEH C18 (1.7 μm, 2.1 mm X 30 mm)
Solvent: Solution A: 0.06% formic acid / H ₂ O, Solution B: 0.06% formic acid / MeCN
Gradient condition: 0.0-1.3 min Linear gradient from B 2% to 96%
Flow rate: 0.8 mL / min
UV: 220 nm and 254 nm

４−ニトロ−１Ｈ−イミダゾール（３５．８ｇ）、３−トリフルオロメチルベンジルブロミド（７５．７ｇ）、ヨウ化カリウム（０．１３１ｇ）、炭酸カリウム（４８．１ｇ）とアセトニトリル（２７０ｍＬ）を混合し、８０℃で５時間撹拌した。反応混合物を室温に冷却後、水を加え、酢酸エチルで抽出した。有機層を飽和食塩水で洗浄し、硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥、ろ過後、減圧濃縮した。得られた固体にジイソプロピルエーテル（３００ｍＬ）を加え、室温で１時間撹拌した。析出した固体をろ取し、ジイソプロピルエーテルで洗浄後、５０℃で減圧乾燥して表題化合物（６９．０ｇ）を得た。
LC-MS ([M+H]^＋/Rt (min))： 272.1/0.835 Reference example 1
4-Nitro-1- [3- (trifluoromethyl) benzyl] -1H-imidazole

4-Nitro-1H-imidazole (35.8 g), 3-trifluoromethylbenzyl bromide (75.7 g), potassium iodide (0.131 g), potassium carbonate (48.1 g) and acetonitrile (270 mL) are mixed. , 80 ° C. for 5 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, water was added, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with saturated brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. Diisopropyl ether (300 mL) was added to the obtained solid, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. The precipitated solid was collected by filtration, washed with diisopropyl ether, and dried under reduced pressure at 50 ° C. to give the title compound (69.0 g).
LC-MS ([M + H] ⁺ / Rt (min)): 272.1 / 0.835

Reference example 2-3
The compounds of Reference Examples 2 and 3 were obtained using the corresponding raw material compounds according to the method described in Reference Example 1.

参考例１の化合物（３４．０ｇ）とロジウム−活性炭素（５％，１７．０ｇ）に酢酸エチル（３３０ｍＬ）を加え、水素雰囲気下、室温で１４時間撹拌した。反応混合物をセライトろ過し、酢酸エチル（５０ｍＬ×４）で洗浄後、ろ液に塩化水素（４ｍｏｌ／Ｌ ｉｎ 酢酸エチル，３８．０ｍＬ）を加えた。ろ液を減圧濃縮した後、得られた粗生成物に酢酸エチル（２００ｍＬ）とヘキサン（２００ｍＬ）を加え、室温で１０分間撹拌した。析出した固体をろ取して、ヘキサン／酢酸エチル（１／１，２０ｍＬ×３）で洗浄後、得られた固体を４０℃で減圧乾燥し、表題化合物（３１．４ｇ）を得た。
LC-MS ([M+H]^＋/Rt (min))： 242.1/0.548 Reference example 4
1- [3- (trifluoromethyl) benzyl] -1H-imidazol-4-amine hydrochloride

Ethyl acetate (330 mL) was added to the compound (34.0 g) of Reference Example 1 and rhodium-activated carbon (5%, 17.0 g), and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 14 hours under a hydrogen atmosphere. The reaction mixture was filtered through Celite, washed with ethyl acetate (50 mL × 4), and then hydrogen chloride (4 mol / Lin ethyl acetate, 38.0 mL) was added to the filtrate. After concentrating the filtrate under reduced pressure, ethyl acetate (200 mL) and hexane (200 mL) were added to the obtained crude product, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 10 minutes. The precipitated solid was collected by filtration, washed with hexane / ethyl acetate (1/1, 20 mL × 3), and the obtained solid was dried under reduced pressure at 40 ° C. to give the title compound (31.4 g).
LC-MS ([M + H] ⁺ / Rt (min)): 242.1 / 0.548

Reference examples 5-6
According to the method described in Reference Example 4, the compounds of Reference Examples 5 to 6 were obtained using the corresponding raw material compounds.

参考例４の化合物（３００ｍｇ）のＤＭＦ（５ｍＬ）懸濁液に、５−（メトキシカルボニル）ピコリン酸（２３５ｍｇ）、ＥＤＣＩ・ＨＣｌ（２４８ｍｇ）、ＨＯＢｔ（１７５ｍｇ）、Ｎ，Ｎ−ジイソプロピルエチルアミン（０．２７９ｍＬ）を加え室温にて２時間撹拌した。反応混合物に、水、飽和炭酸ナトリウム水溶液を加え、酢酸エチルにて抽出した。有機層を飽和炭酸ナトリウム水溶液、飽和食塩水にて順に洗浄し、硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥、ろ過後、減圧濃縮した。残渣をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー（クロロホルム／メタノール）にて精製し、表題化合物（２８１ｍｇ）を得た。
LC-MS ([M+H]^＋/Rt (min))： 404.9/0.901 Reference example 7
6-({1- [3- (trifluoromethyl) benzyl] -1H-imidazol-4-yl} carbamoyl) Methyl nicotinate

5- (Methoxycarbonyl) picolinic acid (235 mg), EDCI / HCl (248 mg), HOBt (175 mg), N, N-diisopropylethylamine (0) in a DMF (5 mL) suspension of the compound (300 mg) of Reference Example 4. .279 mL) was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. Water and saturated aqueous sodium carbonate solution were added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed successively with saturated aqueous sodium carbonate solution and saturated brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (chloroform / methanol) to give the title compound (281 mg).
LC-MS ([M + H] ⁺ / Rt (min)): 404.9 / 0.901

Reference examples 8 to 19
According to the method described in Reference Example 7, the compounds of Reference Examples 8 to 19 were obtained using the corresponding raw material compounds.

参考例９の化合物（３００ｍｇ）の１，４−ジオキサン（５ｍＬ）／水（０．５ｍＬ）混合液に、ビニルボロン酸ピナコールエステル（０．２３２ｍＬ）、テトラキス（トリフェニルホスフィン）パラジウム（７８ｍｇ）、炭酸カリウム（２８１ｍｇ）を加え、マイクロ波照射下、１２０℃で１時間撹拌した。反応混合物を室温に冷却後、水を加え、酢酸エチルで抽出した。有機層を飽和食塩水にて洗浄し、硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥、ろ過後、減圧濃縮した。残渣をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー（ヘキサン／酢酸エチル、酢酸エチル／メタノール）にて精製し、表題化合物（１２２ｍｇ）を得た。
LC-MS ([M+H]^＋/Rt (min))： 391.2/0.936 Reference example 20
6-Ethenyl-5-fluoro-N- {1- [3- (trifluoromethyl) benzyl] -1H-imidazol-4-yl} nicotinamide

In a mixed solution of 1,4-dioxane (5 mL) / water (0.5 mL) of the compound (300 mg) of Reference Example 9, vinylboronic acid pinacol ester (0.232 mL), tetrakis (triphenylphosphine) palladium (78 mg), and carbonate. Potassium (281 mg) was added, and the mixture was stirred at 120 ° C. for 1 hour under microwave irradiation. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, water was added, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with saturated brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane / ethyl acetate, ethyl acetate / methanol) to give the title compound (122 mg).
LC-MS ([M + H] ⁺ / Rt (min)): 391.2 / 0.936

Reference example 21-30
According to the method described in Reference Example 20, the compounds of Reference Examples 21 to 30 were obtained using the corresponding raw material compounds.

参考例２９の化合物（２００ｍｇ）のＴＨＦ（４ｍＬ）溶液に、ビス（トリ−ｔｅｒｔ−ブチルホスフィン）パラジウム(0)（２３ｍｇ）、塩化メチル亜鉛（２ｍｏｌ／Ｌ ｉｎ ＴＨＦ，０．６９ｍＬ）を加え、室温で２時間撹拌した。反応混合物に飽和塩化アンモニウム水溶液と水を加え、酢酸エチルで抽出した。有機層を飽和炭酸ナトリウム水溶液、飽和食塩水にて洗浄し、硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥、ろ過後、減圧濃縮した。残渣をアミノシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー（クロロホルム／メタノール）にて精製し、表題化合物（１３５ｍｇ）を得た。
LC-MS ([M+H]^＋/Rt (min))： 373.2/0.824 Reference example 31
6-Ethenyl-5-methyl-N- [1- (3,4,5-trifluorobenzyl) -1H-imidazol-4-yl] nicotinamide

To a solution of the compound (200 mg) of Reference Example 29 in THF (4 mL) was added bis (tri-tert-butylphosphine) palladium (0) (23 mg) and methyl zinc chloride (2 mol / L in THF, 0.69 mL). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. A saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and water were added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with saturated aqueous sodium carbonate solution and saturated brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by amino silica gel column chromatography (chloroform / methanol) to give the title compound (135 mg).
LC-MS ([M + H] ⁺ / Rt (min)): 373.2 / 0.824

参考例２３の化合物（４９０ｍｇ）のアセトン（５ｍＬ）／水（２．５ｍＬ）溶液にＮ−メチルモルホリン−Ｎ−オキシド（２８５ｍｇ）、四酸化オスミウム（２．５ｗｔ％ ｉｎ ｔｅｒｔ−ブタノール，０．７６４ｍＬ）を加え、室温で２４時間撹拌した。反応混合物に飽和チオ硫酸ナトリウム水溶液と水を加え、酢酸エチルで抽出した。有機層を飽和食塩水にて洗浄し、硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥、ろ過後、減圧濃縮した。残渣をアミノシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー（クロロホルム／メタノール）にて精製し、表題化合物（１４２ｍｇ）を得た。
LC-MS ([M+H]^＋/Rt (min))： 437.3/0.684 Reference example 32
6- (1,2-dihydroxyethyl) -5-methoxy-N- {1- [3- (trifluoromethyl) benzyl] -1H-imidazol-4-yl} nicotinamide

N-methylmorpholine-N-oxide (285 mg), osmium tetroxide (2.5 wt% tert-butanol, 0.764 mL) in a solution of compound (490 mg) of Reference Example 23 in acetone (5 mL) / water (2.5 mL). ) Was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 24 hours. A saturated aqueous sodium thiosulfate solution and water were added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with saturated brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by amino silica gel column chromatography (chloroform / methanol) to give the title compound (142 mg).
LC-MS ([M + H] ⁺ / Rt (min)): 437.3 / 0.684

Reference examples 33-38
According to the method described in Reference Example 32, the compounds of Reference Examples 33 to 38 were obtained using the corresponding raw material compounds.

実施例１２の化合物（４００ｍｇ）のＴＨＦ懸濁液に、塩化リチウム（９０ｍｇ）、Ｎ，Ｎ−ジイソプロピルエチルアミン（０．３６６ｍＬ）、メタンスルホニルクロリド（０．１６５ｍＬ）を順に加え、室温にて４時間撹拌した。塩化リチウム（４５ｍｇ）、Ｎ，Ｎ−ジイソプロピルエチルアミン（０．１８３ｍＬ）、メタンスルホニルクロリド（０．０８３ｍＬ）を加え、さらに室温にて１７時間撹拌した。反応混合物に水を加え、酢酸エチルにて抽出した。有機層を飽和食塩水にて洗浄し、硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥、ろ過後、減圧濃縮した。残渣をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー（クロロホルム／メタノール）にて精製し、表題化合物（２６９ｍｇ）を得た。
LC-MS ([M+H]^＋/Rt (min))： 395.2/0.835 Reference example 39-1
6- (Chloromethyl) -N- {1- [3- (trifluoromethyl) benzyl] -1H-imidazol-4-yl} nicotinamide

Lithium chloride (90 mg), N, N-diisopropylethylamine (0.366 mL) and methanesulfonyl chloride (0.165 mL) were added in this order to the THF suspension of the compound of Example 12 (400 mg), and the mixture was added at room temperature for 4 hours. Stirred. Lithium chloride (45 mg), N, N-diisopropylethylamine (0.183 mL) and methanesulfonyl chloride (0.083 mL) were added, and the mixture was further stirred at room temperature for 17 hours. Water was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with saturated brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (chloroform / methanol) to give the title compound (269 mg).
LC-MS ([M + H] ⁺ / Rt (min)): 395.2 / 0.835

ジ−ｔｅｒｔ−ブチル イミノジカルボネート（５８６ｍｇ）のＤＭＦ（３ｍＬ）溶液に水素化ナトリウム（１１８ｍｇ）を加え、室温にて２５分間撹拌した。反応混合物に上記の実験で得られた参考例３９−１の化合物（２１３ｍｇ）のＤＭＦ（６ｍＬ）溶液を加え、室温にて２時間撹拌したのちに、５０℃で４時間撹拌した。室温に冷却後、反応混合物に飽和塩化アンモニウム水溶液を加え、酢酸エチルにて抽出した。有機層を飽和食塩水にて洗浄し、硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥、ろ過後、減圧濃縮した。残渣をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー（クロロホルム／メタノール）にて精製し、表題化合物（１１９ｍｇ）を得た。
LC-MS ([M+H]^＋/Rt (min))： 576.5/1.080 Reference example 39-2
6-[(di-tert-butoxycarbonyl) aminomethyl] -N- {1- [3- (trifluoromethyl) benzyl] -1H-imidazol-4-yl} nicotinamide

Sodium hydride (118 mg) was added to a solution of di-tert-butyl iminodicarbonate (586 mg) in DMF (3 mL), and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 25 minutes. A solution of the compound (213 mg) of Reference Example 39-1 obtained in the above experiment in DMF (6 mL) was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours and then at 50 ° C. for 4 hours. After cooling to room temperature, saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with saturated brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (chloroform / methanol) to give the title compound (119 mg).
LC-MS ([M + H] ⁺ / Rt (min)): 576.5 / 1.080

エタノール（２０ｍＬ）にナトリウム（２３７ｍｇ）を１時間かけて加えた後、６−（ブロモメチル）−ニコチン酸エチル（５００ｍｇ）を加え、室温にて終夜撹拌した。反応混合物を減圧濃縮してエタノールを留去した後、飽和炭酸水素ナトリウム水溶液を加え、クロロホルムにて抽出した。有機層を無水硫酸ナトリウムにて乾燥、ろ過後、減圧濃縮した。残渣をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー（クロロホルム／メタノール）にて精製し、表題化合物（１５９ｍｇ）を得た。
LC-MS ([M+H]^＋/Rt (min))： 210.3/0.800 Reference example 40
6- (ethoxymethyl) -ethyl nicotinate

Sodium (237 mg) was added to ethanol (20 mL) over 1 hour, then ethyl 6- (bromomethyl) -nicotinate (500 mg) was added, and the mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to distill off ethanol, a saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution was added, and the mixture was extracted with chloroform. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (chloroform / methanol) to give the title compound (159 mg).
LC-MS ([M + H] ⁺ / Rt (min)): 210.3 / 0.800

５−アミノ−６−クロロ−ニコチン酸メチル（３２５ｍｇ）のＴＨＦ（１０ｍＬ）溶液に二炭酸ジ−ｔｅｒｔ−ブチル（７６０ｍｇ）、ＤＭＡＰ（１１ｍｇ）を加え、室温にて１５．５時間撹拌した。さらに二炭酸ジ−ｔｅｒｔ−ブチル（３８ｍｇ）を加え、６０℃にて４５分間撹拌した。室温に冷却後、溶媒を留去した。残渣にメタノール（５ｍＬ）、炭酸カリウム（４８１ｍｇ）を加え、室温にて２．５時間撹拌した。飽和塩化アンモニウム水溶液を加え、酢酸エチルにて抽出した。有機層を飽和食塩水にて洗浄し、無水硫酸ナトリウムにて乾燥、ろ過後、減圧濃縮した。残渣をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー（ヘキサン／酢酸エチル）にて精製し、表題化合物（３２１ｍｇ）を得た。
LC-MS ([M+H]^＋/Rt (min))： 287.1/0.985 Reference example 41-1
Methyl 5-[(tert-butoxycarbonyl) amino] -6-chloro-nicotinate

Di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (760 mg) and DMAP (11 mg) were added to a solution of methyl 5-amino-6-chloro-nicotinate (325 mg) in THF (10 mL), and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 15.5 hours. Further, di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (38 mg) was added, and the mixture was stirred at 60 ° C. for 45 minutes. After cooling to room temperature, the solvent was distilled off. Methanol (5 mL) and potassium carbonate (481 mg) were added to the residue, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2.5 hours. A saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride was added, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane / ethyl acetate) to give the title compound (321 mg).
LC-MS ([M + H] ⁺ / Rt (min)): 287.1 / 0.985

参考例２０に記載の方法に準じ、参考例４１−１の化合物を用い、表題化合物を得た。
LC-MS ([M+H]^＋/Rt (min))： 279.5/0.885 Reference example 41-2
5-[(tert-Butyloxycarbonyl) amino] -6-Methyl ethenyl-nicotinate

The title compound was obtained by using the compound of Reference Example 41-1 according to the method described in Reference Example 20.
LC-MS ([M + H] ⁺ / Rt (min)): 279.5 / 0.885

参考例４１−２の化合物（２０７ｍｇ）のアセトン（８ｍＬ）／水（４ｍＬ）混合液に過ヨウ素酸ナトリウム（６５９ｍｇ）、四酸化オスミウム（２．５ｗｔ％ ｉｎ ｔｅｒｔ−ブタノール，０．７１ｍＬ）を加え、室温で３時間撹拌した。反応混合物に飽和チオ硫酸ナトリウム水溶液、水を加え、酢酸エチルで抽出した。有機層を飽和食塩水にて洗浄し、硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥、ろ過後、減圧濃縮した。残渣をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー（ヘキサン／酢酸エチル）にて精製して表題化合物（１１０ｍｇ）を得た。
LC-MS ([M+H]^＋/Rt (min))： 281.2/1.037 Reference example 41-3
5-[(tert-butoxycarbonyl) amino] -6-formyl-methyl nicotinate

Sodium periodate (659 mg) and osmium tetroxide (2.5 wt% tert-butanol, 0.71 mL) were added to a mixture of acetone (8 mL) / water (4 mL) of the compound (207 mg) of Reference Example 41-2. , Stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. A saturated aqueous sodium thiosulfate solution and water were added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with saturated brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane / ethyl acetate) to give the title compound (110 mg).
LC-MS ([M + H] ⁺ / Rt (min)): 281.2 / 1.037

参考例４１−３の化合物（１１０ｍｇ）のメタノール溶液に水素化ホウ素ナトリウム（１５ｍｇ）を加え、室温で１時間撹拌した。反応混合物に飽和塩化アンモニウム水溶液、水を加え、酢酸エチルで抽出した。有機層を飽和食塩水にて洗浄し、硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥、ろ過後、減圧濃縮して表題化合物（１１１ｍｇ）を得た。
LC-MS ([M+H]^＋/Rt (min))： 282.8/0.761 Reference example 41-4
5-[(tert-butoxycarbonyl) amino] -6- (hydroxymethyl) -methyl nicotinate

Sodium borohydride (15 mg) was added to a methanol solution of the compound (110 mg) of Reference Example 41-3, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. A saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution and water were added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with saturated brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to give the title compound (111 mg).
LC-MS ([M + H] ⁺ / Rt (min)): 282.8 / 0.761

参考例４１−４の化合物（１１１ｍｇ）のＴＨＦ（２ｍＬ）／メタノール（４ｍＬ）溶液に２ｍｏｌ／Ｌ水酸化ナトリウム水溶液（０．３９ｍＬ）を加え、室温で１６時間撹拌した。反応液に２ｍｏｌ／Ｌ塩酸（０．２５ｍＬ）を加え、ｐＨを７に調整した。反応混合物を減圧濃縮し、表題化合物（７６ｍｇ）を得た。
LC-MS ([M+H]^＋/Rt (min))： 195.1/0.325 Reference example 41-5
2-oxo-1,4-dihydro-2H-pyrido [3,2-d] [1,3] oxazine-7-carboxylic acid

A 2 mol / L aqueous sodium hydroxide solution (0.39 mL) was added to a solution of the compound (111 mg) of Reference Example 41-4 in THF (2 mL) / methanol (4 mL), and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 hours. 2 mol / L hydrochloric acid (0.25 mL) was added to the reaction solution to adjust the pH to 7. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to give the title compound (76 mg).
LC-MS ([M + H] ⁺ / Rt (min)): 195.1 / 0.325

参考例７に記載の方法に準じ、参考例４１−５の化合物と参考例４の化合物を用い、表題化合物を得た。
LC-MS ([M+H]^＋/Rt (min))： 418.2/0.711 Reference example 41-6
2-oxo-N- {1- [3- (trifluoromethyl) benzyl] -1H-imidazol-4-yl} -1,4-dihydro-2H-pyrido [3,2-d] [1,3] Oxazine-7-carboxamide

The title compound was obtained by using the compound of Reference Example 41-5 and the compound of Reference Example 4 according to the method described in Reference Example 7.
LC-MS ([M + H] ⁺ / Rt (min)): 418.2 / 0.711

参考例７に記載の方法に準じ、参考例４１−５の化合物と参考例６の化合物を用い、表題化合物を得た。
LC-MS ([M+H]^＋/Rt (min))： 404.2/0.670 Reference example 42
2-oxo-N- [1- (3,4,5-trifluorobenzyl) -1H-imidazol-4-yl] -1,4-dihydro-2H-pyrido [3,2-d] [1,3 ] Oxazine-7-carboxamide

The title compound was obtained by using the compound of Reference Example 41-5 and the compound of Reference Example 6 according to the method described in Reference Example 7.
LC-MS ([M + H] ⁺ / Rt (min)): 404.2 / 0.670

６−クロロ−５−メチル−ニコチン酸メチル（４６７ｍｇ）の四塩化炭素（２５ｍＬ）懸濁液にＮ−ブロモスクシンイミド（１．３４ｇ）、過酸化ベンゾイル（２１８ｍｇ）を加え、１００℃にて７．５時間撹拌した。室温に冷却後、反応混合物に飽和チオ硫酸ナトリウム水溶液と水を加え、クロロホルムにて抽出した。有機層を飽和食塩水にて洗浄し、無水硫酸ナトリウムにて乾燥、ろ過後、減圧濃縮した。残渣をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー（ヘキサン／酢酸エチル）にて精製し、表題化合物（８３３ｍｇ）を得た。
LC-MS ([M+H]^＋/Rt (min))： 341.9/1.011 Reference example 43-1
6-Chloro-5- (dibromomethyl) -methyl nicotinate

7. Add N-Bromosuccinimide (1.34 g) and benzoyl peroxide (218 mg) to a carbon tetrachloride (25 mL) suspension of methyl 6-chloro-5-methyl-nicotinate (467 mg) and at 100 ° C. The mixture was stirred for 5 hours. After cooling to room temperature, saturated aqueous sodium thiosulfate solution and water were added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted with chloroform. The organic layer was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane / ethyl acetate) to give the title compound (833 mg).
LC-MS ([M + H] ⁺ / Rt (min)): 341.9 / 1.011

参考例４３−１の化合物（２．７１ｇ）のアセトニトリル（４０ｍＬ）／水（２０ｍＬ）溶液に硝酸銀（６．７０ｇ）を加え、１００℃にて３時間撹拌した。不溶物をろ過により除去し、溶媒を留去した。残渣に飽和炭酸水素ナトリウム水溶液を加え、ｐＨを８に調整した後、酢酸エチルにて抽出した。有機層を飽和食塩水にて洗浄し、無水硫酸ナトリウムにて乾燥、ろ過後、減圧濃縮し、表題化合物（０．８４ｇ）を得た。
LC-MS ([M+H]^＋/Rt (min))： 200.0/0.671 Reference example 43-2
Methyl 6-chloro-5-formyl-nicotinate

Silver nitrate (6.70 g) was added to a solution of the compound (2.71 g) of Reference Example 43-1 in acetonitrile (40 mL) / water (20 mL), and the mixture was stirred at 100 ° C. for 3 hours. The insoluble material was removed by filtration and the solvent was distilled off. A saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution was added to the residue to adjust the pH to 8, and then the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to give the title compound (0.84 g).
LC-MS ([M + H] ⁺ / Rt (min)): 200.0 / 0.671

参考例４３−２の化合物（０．８４ｇ）のジクロロメタン（２０ｍＬ）溶液に氷冷下、ＤＡＳＴ（１．１１ｍＬ）を加え、氷冷下にて３０分間撹拌した。反応混合物に飽和炭酸水素ナトリウム水溶液を加えてｐＨを８に調整し、クロロホルムにて抽出した。有機層を飽和食塩水にて洗浄し、無水硫酸ナトリウムにて乾燥、ろ過後、減圧濃縮した。残渣をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー（ヘキサン／酢酸エチル）にて精製し、表題化合物（０．４５ｇ）を得た。
LC-MS ([M+H]^＋/Rt (min))： 222.0/0.828 Reference example 43-3
6-Chloro-5- (difluoromethyl) -methyl nicotinate

DAST (1.11 mL) was added to a solution of the compound (0.84 g) of Reference Example 43-2 in dichloromethane (20 mL) under ice cooling, and the mixture was stirred under ice cooling for 30 minutes. A saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution was added to the reaction mixture to adjust the pH to 8, and the mixture was extracted with chloroform. The organic layer was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane / ethyl acetate) to give the title compound (0.45 g).
LC-MS ([M + H] ⁺ / Rt (min)): 222.0 / 0.828

参考例２０、参考例４１−３、参考例４１−４に記載の方法に準じ、参考例４３−３の化合物より表題化合物を得た。
LC-MS ([M+H]^＋/Rt (min))： 218.1/0.564 Reference example 43-4
5- (Difluoromethyl) -6- (Hydroxymethyl) -Methyl nicotinate

The title compound was obtained from the compound of Reference Example 43-3 according to the methods described in Reference Example 20, Reference Example 41-3, and Reference Example 41-4.
LC-MS ([M + H] ⁺ / Rt (min)): 218.1 / 0.564

参考例２０、参考例４１−３、参考例４１−４に記載の方法に準じ、６−クロロ−５−（トリフルオロメチル）−ニコチン酸メチルより表題化合物を得た。
LC-MS ([M+H]^＋/Rt (min))： 236.1/0.649 Reference example 44
6- (Hydroxymethyl) -5- (Trifluoromethyl) -Methyl nicotinate

The title compound was obtained from methyl 6-chloro-5- (trifluoromethyl) -nicotinate according to the methods described in Reference Example 20, Reference Example 41-3, and Reference Example 41-4.
LC-MS ([M + H] ⁺ / Rt (min)): 236.1 / 0.649

５−ヒドロキシ−ピコリン酸メチル（２００ｍｇ）のＤＭＦ（５ｍＬ）溶液に炭酸カリウム（３６１ｍｇ）、ブロモ酢酸−ｔｅｒｔ−ブチルを加え、７０℃で２０分間撹拌した。室温に冷却後、反応混合物に水を加えて酢酸エチルで抽出した。有機層を飽和食塩水にて２回洗浄し、無水硫酸ナトリウムにて乾燥、ろ過後、減圧濃縮して表題化合物（３２０ｍｇ）を得た。
LC-MS ([M+H]^＋/Rt (min))： 268.2/0.777 Reference example 45-1
Methyl 5- (2-tert-butoxy-2-oxoethoxy) -picolinate

Potassium carbonate (361 mg) and bromoacetic acid-tert-butyl were added to a solution of methyl 5-hydroxy-picolinate (200 mg) in DMF (5 mL), and the mixture was stirred at 70 ° C. for 20 minutes. After cooling to room temperature, water was added to the reaction mixture and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed twice with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to give the title compound (320 mg).
LC-MS ([M + H] ⁺ / Rt (min)): 268.2 / 0.777

参考例４５−１の化合物（３２０ｍｇ）のジクロロメタン（４ｍＬ）溶液にＴＦＡ（２ｍＬ）を加え、室温で２時間撹拌した。溶媒を留去して表題化合物（２５３ｍｇ）を得た。
LC-MS ([M+H]^＋/Rt (min))： 212.1/0.394 Reference example 45-2
{[6- (Methoxycarbonyl) Pyridine-3-yl] Oxy} Acetic Acid

TFA (2 mL) was added to a solution of the compound (320 mg) of Reference Example 45-1 in dichloromethane (4 mL), and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The solvent was distilled off to give the title compound (253 mg).
LC-MS ([M + H] ⁺ / Rt (min)): 212.1 / 0.394

参考例７に記載の方法に準じ、参考例４５−２の化合物と参考例６の化合物を用い、表題化合物を得た。
LC-MS ([M+H]^＋/Rt (min))： 421.2/0.731 Reference example 45-3
Methyl 5- (2-oxo-2-{[1- (3,4,5-trifluorobenzyl) -1H-imidazol-4-yl] amino} ethoxy) -picolinate

The title compound was obtained by using the compound of Reference Example 45-2 and the compound of Reference Example 6 according to the method described in Reference Example 7.
LC-MS ([M + H] ⁺ / Rt (min)): 421.2 / 0.731

（２−ブロモ−５−メチル−１，３−チアゾール−４−イル）メタノール（１５１ｍｇ）のＤＭＦ（３ｍＬ）溶液にイミダゾール（５９ｍｇ）、ＴＢＳＣｌ（１３１ｍｇ）を加え、室温で１時間撹拌した。その後、反応混合物に飽和塩化アンモニウム水溶液、水を加えて酢酸エチルで抽出した。有機層を飽和塩化アンモニウム水溶液、飽和食塩水にて洗浄し、無水硫酸ナトリウムにて乾燥させた後、ろ過、減圧濃縮した。残渣をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー（ヘキサン／酢酸エチル）にて精製し、２−ブロモ−４−（｛［ｔｅｒｔ−ブチル（ジメチル）シリル］オキシ｝メチル）−５−メチル−１，３−チアゾールを得た。
得られた２−ブロモ−４−（｛［ｔｅｒｔ−ブチル（ジメチル）シリル］オキシ｝メチル）−５−メチル−１，３−チアゾールのＴＨＦ（４ｍＬ）溶液に−７８℃でｎ−ブチルリチウム（０．９１ｍＬ）を加え、同温で１時間撹拌した。その後、粉末状のドライアイスを過剰量加え、同温で４５分間、さらに室温で４０分間撹拌した。反応混合物に飽和塩化アンモニウム水溶液を加えた後、酢酸エチルで抽出した。有機層を飽和食塩水にて洗浄し、無水硫酸ナトリウムにて乾燥、ろ過後、減圧濃縮して表題化合物（１２７ｍｇ）を得た。
LC-MS ([M+H]^＋/Rt (min))： 288.1/1.058 Reference example 46-1
4-({[tert-butyl (dimethyl) silyl] oxy} methyl) -5-methyl-1,3-thiazole-2-carboxylic acid

(2-Bromo-5-methyl-1,3-thiazole-4-yl) imidazole (59 mg) and TBSCl (131 mg) were added to a solution of methanol (151 mg) in DMF (3 mL), and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. Then, saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution and water were added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution and saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane / ethyl acetate) to give 2-bromo-4- ({[tert-butyl (dimethyl) silyl] oxy} methyl) -5-methyl-1,3-thiazole. It was.
N-Butyllithium ({[tert-butyl (dimethyl) silyl] oxy} methyl) -5-methyl-1,3-thiazole in THF (4 mL) solution at −78 ° C. 0.91 mL) was added, and the mixture was stirred at the same temperature for 1 hour. Then, an excess amount of powdered dry ice was added, and the mixture was stirred at the same temperature for 45 minutes and further at room temperature for 40 minutes. A saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to give the title compound (127 mg).
LC-MS ([M + H] ⁺ / Rt (min)): 288.1 / 1.058

参考例７に記載の方法に準じ、参考例４６−１の化合物と参考例６の化合物を用い、表題化合物を得た。
LC-MS ([M+H]^＋/Rt (min))： 497.1/1.314 Reference example 46-2
4-({[tert-butyl (dimethyl) silyl] oxy} methyl) -5-methyl-N- [1- (3,4,5-trifluorobenzyl) -1H-imidazol-4-yl] -1, 3-Thiazole-2-carboxamide

The title compound was obtained by using the compound of Reference Example 46-1 and the compound of Reference Example 6 according to the method described in Reference Example 7.
LC-MS ([M + H] ⁺ / Rt (min)): 497.1 / 1.314

参考例４６−１および参考例７に記載の方法に準じ、対応する原料化合物を用い、表題化合物を得た。
LC-MS ([M+H]^＋/Rt (min))： 497.1/1.333 Reference example 47
5-({[tert-butyl (dimethyl) silyl] oxy} methyl) -4-methyl-N- [1- (3,4,5-trifluorobenzyl) -1H-imidazol-4-yl] -1, 3-Thiazole-2-carboxamide

The title compound was obtained by using the corresponding starting compound according to the methods described in Reference Example 46-1 and Reference Example 7.
LC-MS ([M + H] ⁺ / Rt (min)): 497.1 / 1.333

実施例１２（２００ｍｇ）のジクロロメタン（１０ｍＬ）懸濁液に二酸化マンガン（２ｇ）を加え、室温で１９時間撹拌した。反応混合物をセライトろ過し、酢酸エチル、メタノールで洗浄した。ろ液を減圧濃縮し、残渣をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー（クロロホルム／メタノール）にて精製して表題化合物（５５ｍｇ）を得た。
LC-MS ([M+H]^＋/Rt (min))： 375.2/0.793 Reference example 48
6-formyl-N- {1- [3- (trifluoromethyl) benzyl] -1H-imidazol-4-yl} nicotinamide

Manganese dioxide (2 g) was added to a suspension of Example 12 (200 mg) in dichloromethane (10 mL), and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 19 hours. The reaction mixture was filtered through Celite and washed with ethyl acetate and methanol. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (chloroform / methanol) to give the title compound (55 mg).
LC-MS ([M + H] ⁺ / Rt (min)): 375.2 / 0.793

メチル １Ｈ−イミダゾール−４−カルボキシレート（１４．０ｇ）のアセトニトリル（２００ｍＬ）溶液に炭酸カリウム（１９．９ｇ）、ヨウ化カリウム（０．０９２ｇ）を加えた後、室温にて３，４，５−トリフルオロベンジルブロミド（１４．６ｍＬ）を滴下し、７０℃にて６時間撹拌した。室温に冷却した後、反応混合物に水を加え、酢酸エチルにて抽出した。有機層を無水硫酸マグネシウムにて乾燥、ろ過後、減圧濃縮した。得られた粗生成物をヘキサン／酢酸エチル（１／２、６０ｍＬ）で洗浄し、表題化合物（１４．０ｇ）を得た。
LC-MS ([M+H]^＋/Rt (min))： 271.4/0.725 Reference example 49-1
Methyl 1- (3,4,5-trifluorobenzyl-1H-imidazol-4-carboxylate)

Potassium carbonate (19.9 g) and potassium iodide (0.092 g) were added to a solution of methyl 1H-imidazol-4-carboxylate (14.0 g) in acetonitrile (200 mL), and then 3,4,5 at room temperature. -Trifluorobenzyl bromide (14.6 mL) was added dropwise, and the mixture was stirred at 70 ° C. for 6 hours. After cooling to room temperature, water was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The obtained crude product was washed with hexane / ethyl acetate (1/2, 60 mL) to give the title compound (14.0 g).
LC-MS ([M + H] ⁺ / Rt (min)): 271.4 / 0.725

参考例４９−１の化合物（４．７５ｇ）のメタノール／ＴＨＦ（５０ｍＬ／５０ｍＬ）溶液に２ｍｏｌ／Ｌ水酸化ナトリウム水溶液（１３．２ｍＬ）を加え、５０℃にて５時間撹拌した。反応混合物を減圧濃縮し、残渣を水に溶解後、塩酸水溶液によってｐＨを５に調整した。沈殿した固体を濾取し、水、ヘキサンで洗浄後、５０℃で減圧乾燥して表題化合物（４．５２ｇ）を得た。
LC-MS ([M+H]^＋/Rt (min))： 257.1/0.513 Reference example 49-2
1- (3,4,5-trifluorobenzyl) -1H-imidazol-4-carboxylic acid

A 2 mol / L sodium hydroxide aqueous solution (13.2 mL) was added to a methanol / THF (50 mL / 50 mL) solution of the compound (4.75 g) of Reference Example 49-1, and the mixture was stirred at 50 ° C. for 5 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, the residue was dissolved in water, and the pH was adjusted to 5 with an aqueous hydrochloric acid solution. The precipitated solid was collected by filtration, washed with water and hexane, and dried under reduced pressure at 50 ° C. to give the title compound (4.52 g).
LC-MS ([M + H] ⁺ / Rt (min)): 257.1 / 0.513

（５−アミノピリジン−２−イル）メタノール（１３５ｍｇ）のＴＨＦ（１５ｍＬ）溶液に、トリエチルアミン（０．３０ｍＬ）、ＴＢＳＣｌ（３２８ｍｇ）を加え室温にて６時間撹拌した。減圧下溶媒を留去し、得られた残渣をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー（クロロホルム／メタノール）にて精製して表題化合物（９９ｍｇ）を得た。
LC-MS ([M+H]^＋/Rt (min))： 239.2/0.726 Reference example 50
6-({[tert-butyl (dimethyl) silyl] oxy} methyl) Pyridine-3-amine

Triethylamine (0.30 mL) and TBSCl (328 mg) were added to a solution of (5-aminopyridine-2-yl) methanol (135 mg) in THF (15 mL), and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 6 hours. The solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure, and the obtained residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (chloroform / methanol) to give the title compound (99 mg).
LC-MS ([M + H] ⁺ / Rt (min)): 239.2 / 0.726

参考例５０に記載の方法に準じ、（６−アミノキノリン−２−イル）メタノールより表題化合物を得た。
LC-MS ([M+H]^＋/Rt (min))： 289.9/0.836 Reference example 51
2-({[tert-butyl (dimethyl) silyl] oxy} methyl) quinoline-6-amine

The title compound was obtained from (6-aminoquinoline-2-yl) methanol according to the method described in Reference Example 50.
LC-MS ([M + H] ⁺ / Rt (min)): 289.9 / 0.836

Reference examples 52 to 53
According to the method described in Reference Example 7, the compounds of Reference Examples 52 to 53 were obtained by using the compound of Reference Example 49 and the corresponding raw material compound.

６−メチルニコチン酸メチル（４２０ｍｇ）の水溶液（２ｍＬ）に、トリエチルアミン（０．０６５ｍＬ）、パラホルムアルデヒド（４２ｍｇ）を加えマイクロウェーブ照射下、１５０℃にて３時間撹拌した。反応混合物に水を加え、酢酸エチルにて抽出した。有機層を飽和食塩水にて洗浄し、硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥、ろ過後、減圧濃縮した。残渣をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー（ヘキサン／酢酸エチル）にて精製し、表題化合物（２４ｍｇ）を得た。
LC-MS ([M+H]^＋/Rt (min))： 194.1/0.532
¹H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃): δ9.15-9.13 (1H, m), 8.29 (1H, dd, J = 8.4, 2.0 Hz), 7.70 (1H, d, J = 8.4 Hz), 5.94 (1H, s), 5.65 (1H, s), 4.61 (2H, s), 3.97 (3H, s). Reference example 54
Methyl 6- (3-Hydroxyprop-1-en-2-yl) nicotinate

Triethylamine (0.065 mL) and paraformaldehyde (42 mg) were added to an aqueous solution (2 mL) of methyl 6-methylnicotinate (420 mg), and the mixture was stirred at 150 ° C. for 3 hours under microwave irradiation. Water was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with saturated brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane / ethyl acetate) to give the title compound (24 mg).
LC-MS ([M + H] ⁺ / Rt (min)): 194.1 / 0.532
^{1 1} H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl ₃ ): δ9.15-9.13 (1H, m), 8.29 (1H, dd, J = 8.4, 2.0 Hz), 7.70 (1H, d, J = 8.4 Hz), 5.94 (1H, s), 5.65 (1H, s), 4.61 (2H, s), 3.97 (3H, s).

（２Ｅ）−３−［５−（メトキシカルボニル）ピリジン−２−イル］プロプ−２−エノイック アシッド（５０ｍｇ）のＤＭＥ（１ｍＬ）溶液に、Ｎ−メチルモルホリン（０．０５６ｍＬ）、クロロギ酸イソブチル（０．０３５ｍＬ）を加え、０℃にて１時間撹拌した。沈殿した固体を濾過によって除き、濾液を濃縮して混合酸無水物の粗生成物を得た。
水素化ホウ素ナトリウム（２３．３ｍｇ）のＴＨＦ／水（２ｍＬ／０．５ｍＬ）懸濁液に、上記で得られた混合酸無水物のＴＨＦ溶液を０℃にて加えた。反応液を室温にて３時間撹拌した。反応混合物に飽和炭酸水素ナトリウム水溶液を加え、酢酸エチルにて抽出した。有機層を飽和食塩水にて洗浄し、硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥、ろ過後、減圧濃縮した。残渣をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー（クロロホルム／メタノール）にて精製し、表題化合物（１９ｍｇ）を得た。
LC-MS ([M+H]^＋/Rt (min))： 194.3/0.741 Reference example 55
Methyl 6-[(1E) -3-hydroxyprop-1-ene-1-yl] nicotinate

(2E) -3- [5- (methoxycarbonyl) pyridin-2-yl] prop-2-enoic acid (50 mg) in a DME (1 mL) solution, N-methylmorpholine (0.056 mL), isobutyl chloroformate (2E) 0.035 mL) was added, and the mixture was stirred at 0 ° C. for 1 hour. The precipitated solid was removed by filtration and the filtrate was concentrated to give a crude product of mixed acid anhydride.
A THF solution of the mixed acid anhydride obtained above was added to a THF / water (2 mL / 0.5 mL) suspension of sodium borohydride (23.3 mg) at 0 ° C. The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. A saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with saturated brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (chloroform / methanol) to give the title compound (19 mg).
LC-MS ([M + H] ⁺ / Rt (min)): 194.3 / 0.741

６−エテニル−ニコチン酸エチル（２１０ｍｇ）のｔｅｒｔ−ブチルアルコール／水（６ｍＬ／３ｍＬ）溶液に、ＮＢＳ（２３２ｍｇ）を加え、４０℃にて２時間撹拌した。氷浴下、水酸化ナトリウム水溶液で反応をクエンチした後、塩酸で中和し、酢酸エチルにて抽出した。有機層を飽和食塩水にて洗浄し、硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥、ろ過後、減圧濃縮した。
残渣をＴＨＦ（１０ｍＬ）に溶解し、氷浴下水素化ナトリウム（７８ｍｇ）を加え、室温にて１時間撹拌した。反応混合物に飽和食塩水を加え、酢酸エチルにて抽出した。有機層を飽和食塩水にて洗浄し、硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥、ろ過後、減圧濃縮した。残渣をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー（ヘキサン／酢酸エチル）にて精製して表題化合物（１２５．３ｍｇ）を得た。
LC-MS ([M+H]^＋/Rt (min))： 194.1/0.654 Reference example 56-1
6- (Oxylan-2-yl) -Ethyl nicotinate

NBS (232 mg) was added to a solution of ethyl 6-ethenyl-nicotinate (210 mg) in tert-butyl alcohol / water (6 mL / 3 mL), and the mixture was stirred at 40 ° C. for 2 hours. The reaction was quenched with aqueous sodium hydroxide solution under an ice bath, neutralized with hydrochloric acid, and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with saturated brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure.
The residue was dissolved in THF (10 mL), sodium hydride (78 mg) was added under an ice bath, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. Saturated brine was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with saturated brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane / ethyl acetate) to give the title compound (125.3 mg).
LC-MS ([M + H] ⁺ / Rt (min)): 194.1 / 0.654

参考例５６−１の化合物（１２５ｍｇ）のエタノール（１０ｍＬ）溶液に、５％パラジウム炭素（１３８ｍｇ）、ギ酸アンモニウム（２０４ｍｇ）を加え、５０℃にて３時間撹拌した。パラジウムをセライト濾過によって除き、濾液を濃縮して減圧下、反応液を濃縮した。残渣をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー（酢酸エチル／ヘキサン）にて精製して表題化合物（８７．３ｍｇ）を得た。
LC-MS ([M+H]^＋/Rt (min))： 196.1/0.467
¹H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃): δ9.12 (1H, d, J = 2.4 Hz), 8.23 (1H, dd, J = 8.0, 2.4 Hz), 7.26 (1H, d, J = 8.0 Hz), 4.41 (2H, q, J = 7.6 Hz), 4.06-4.03 (2H, m), 3.11-3.07 (2H, m), 1.41 (3H, t, J = 7.6 Hz). Reference example 56-2
6- (2-Hydroxyethyl) -Ethyl nicotinate

5% Palladium on carbon (138 mg) and ammonium formate (204 mg) were added to a solution of the compound (125 mg) of Reference Example 56-1 in ethanol (10 mL), and the mixture was stirred at 50 ° C. for 3 hours. Palladium was removed by filtration through Celite, the filtrate was concentrated, and the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (ethyl acetate / hexane) to give the title compound (87.3 mg).
LC-MS ([M + H] ⁺ / Rt (min)): 196.1 / 0.467
¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl ₃ ): δ9.12 (1H, d, J = 2.4 Hz), 8.23 (1H, dd, J = 8.0, 2.4 Hz), 7.26 (1H, d, J = 8.0 Hz) ), 4.41 (2H, q, J = 7.6 Hz), 4.06-4.03 (2H, m), 3.11-3.07 (2H, m), 1.41 (3H, t, J = 7.6 Hz).

参考例２０、参考例４１−３および参考例４１−４に記載の方法に準じ、メチル ５−クロロピラジン−２−カルボキシレートより表題化合物を得た。
LC-MS ([M+H]^＋/Rt (min))： 169.0/0.334 Reference example 57
Methyl 5- (hydroxymethyl) pyrazine-2-carboxylate

The title compound was obtained from methyl 5-chloropyrazine-2-carboxylate according to the methods described in Reference Example 20, Reference Example 41-3 and Reference Example 41-4.
LC-MS ([M + H] ⁺ / Rt (min)): 169.0 / 0.334

実施例１２の化合物（１０１ｍｇ）のクロロホルム（４ｍL）溶液に、Ｎ−メチル−２−ニトロベンゼンスルホンアミド（７９ｍｇ）、アゾジカルボン酸ジエチル（２．２ｍｏｌ／Ｌトルエン溶液、１５９μL）及びトリフェニルホスフィン（９２ｍｇ）を加え、室温にて２０時間撹拌した。更にＮ−メチル−２−ニトロベンゼンスルホンアミド（８０ｍｇ）、アゾジカルボン酸ジエチル（２．２ｍｏｌ／Ｌトルエン溶液、１５９μL）及びトリフェニルホスフィン（９３ｍｇ）を加え、６０℃にて６時間撹拌した。更にＮ−メチル−２−ニトロベンゼンスルホンアミド（１５７ｍｇ）、アゾジカルボン酸ジエチル（２．２ｍｏｌ／Ｌトルエン溶液、３１８μL）及びトリフェニルホスフィン（１９４ｍｇ）を加え、６０℃にて２時間撹拌した。反応液を減圧濃縮し、残渣をシリカゲルクロマトグラフィー（ヘキサン／酢酸エチル）にて精製し、表題化合物（１７４ｍｇ）を得た。
LC-MS ([M+H]^＋/Rt (min))： 575.3/0.944 Reference example 58
6-({methyl [(2-nitrophenyl) sulfonyl] amino} methyl) -N- {1- [3- (trifluoromethyl) benzyl] -1H-imidazol-4-yl} nicotinamide

N-Methyl-2-nitrobenzenesulfonamide (79 mg), diethyl azodicarboxylate (2.2 mol / L toluene solution, 159 μL) and triphenylphosphine (92 mg) in a chloroform (4 mL) solution of the compound (101 mg) of Example 12. ) Was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 20 hours. Further, N-methyl-2-nitrobenzenesulfonamide (80 mg), diethyl azodicarboxylate (2.2 mol / L toluene solution, 159 μL) and triphenylphosphine (93 mg) were added, and the mixture was stirred at 60 ° C. for 6 hours. Further, N-methyl-2-nitrobenzenesulfonamide (157 mg), diethyl azodicarboxylate (2.2 mol / L toluene solution, 318 μL) and triphenylphosphine (194 mg) were added, and the mixture was stirred at 60 ° C. for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (hexane / ethyl acetate) to give the title compound (174 mg).
LC-MS ([M + H] ⁺ / Rt (min)): 575.3 / 0.944

参考例２０に記載の方法に準じ、５−ブロモ−６−ヒドロキシニコチン酸メチルより表題化合物を得た。
LC-MS ([M+H]^＋/Rt (min))： 180.0/0.541 Reference example 59-1
Methyl 5-ethenyl-6-hydroxy-nicotinate

The title compound was obtained from methyl 5-bromo-6-hydroxynicotinate according to the method described in Reference Example 20.
LC-MS ([M + H] ⁺ / Rt (min)): 180.0 / 0.541

参考例５９−１の化合物（１．３７ｇ）のオキシ塩化リン（１４．３ｍＬ）懸濁液を９０℃で１時間撹拌した。反応混合物を室温に冷却後、減圧濃縮した。残渣を酢酸エチルで希釈し、飽和炭酸水素ナトリウム水溶液で中和した後、酢酸エチルで抽出した。有機層を飽和食塩水にて洗浄し、硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥、ろ過後、減圧濃縮して表題化合物（１．４５ｇ）を得た。
LC-MS ([M+H]^＋/Rt (min))： 198.0/0.870 Reference example 59-2
Methyl 6-chloro-5-ethenyl-nicotinate

A suspension of phosphorus oxychloride (14.3 mL) of compound (1.37 g) of Reference Example 59-1 was stirred at 90 ° C. for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was diluted with ethyl acetate, neutralized with saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution, and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with saturated brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to give the title compound (1.45 g).
LC-MS ([M + H] ⁺ / Rt (min)): 198.0 / 0.870

参考例４１−３に記載の方法に準じ、参考例５９−２の化合物より表題化合物を得た。
LC-MS ([M+H]^＋/Rt (min))： 200.0/0.671 Reference example 59-3
Methyl 6-chloro-5-formyl-nicotinate

The title compound was obtained from the compound of Reference Example 59-2 according to the method described in Reference Example 41-3.
LC-MS ([M + H] ⁺ / Rt (min)): 200.0 / 0.671

５−ブロモ−６−ヒドロキシ−ニコチン酸（１０ｇ）の塩化チオニル（１７ｍＬ）／ＤＭＦ（０．３６ｍＬ）懸濁液を８０℃で２時間撹拌した。反応混合物を室温に冷却後、減圧濃縮した。残渣に２−プロパノール（２５ｍＬ）を加え、混合物を１００℃で４０分間撹拌した。反応混合物を室温に冷却後、減圧濃縮した。残渣に飽和炭酸ナトリウム水溶液、水を加え、酢酸エチルで抽出した。有機層を飽和食塩水にて洗浄し、硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥、ろ過後、減圧濃縮して表題化合物（１２．４ｇ）を得た。
LC-MS ([M+H]^＋/Rt (min))： 278.0/1.102 Reference example 60-1
Isopropyl 5-bromo-6-chloro-nicotinate

A suspension of thionyl chloride (17 mL) / DMF (0.36 mL) of 5-bromo-6-hydroxy-nicotinic acid (10 g) was stirred at 80 ° C. for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and concentrated under reduced pressure. 2-Propanol (25 mL) was added to the residue and the mixture was stirred at 100 ° C. for 40 minutes. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and concentrated under reduced pressure. A saturated aqueous sodium carbonate solution and water were added to the residue, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with saturated brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to give the title compound (12.4 g).
LC-MS ([M + H] ⁺ / Rt (min)): 278.0 / 1.102

参考例６０−１の化合物（２．０ｇ）のＴＨＦ（３０ｍＬ）溶液を−２０℃に冷却し、イソプロピルマグネシウムクロリド塩化リチウム錯体（１．３ｍｏｌ／Ｌ ｉｎ ＴＨＦ，７．２ｍＬ）を加え、反応混合物を−２０℃で３５分間撹拌した。イソプロピルマグネシウムクロリド塩化リチウム錯体（１．３ｍｏｌ／Ｌ ｉｎ ＴＨＦ，０．５５ｍＬ）を加え、反応混合物を−２０℃でさらに２５分間撹拌した。ＤＭＦ（１．１１ｍＬ）を加え、反応混合物を室温で１時間１０分撹拌した。飽和塩化アンモニウム水溶液、水を加え、酢酸エチルで抽出した。有機層を飽和食塩水にて洗浄し、硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥、ろ過後、減圧濃縮して表題化合物（１．６４ｇ）を得た。
LC-MS ([M+H]^＋/Rt (min))： 228.1/0.897 Reference example 60-2
6-Chloro-5-formyl-isopropyl nicotinate

A solution of the compound (2.0 g) of Reference Example 60-1 in THF (30 mL) was cooled to −20 ° C., an isopropylmagnesium chloride lithium chloride complex (1.3 mol / L in THF, 7.2 mL) was added, and the reaction mixture was added. Was stirred at −20 ° C. for 35 minutes. Lithium isopropylmagnesium chloride chloride complex (1.3 mol / L in THF, 0.55 mL) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at −20 ° C. for an additional 25 minutes. DMF (1.11 mL) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour and 10 minutes. A saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and water were added, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with saturated brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to give the title compound (1.64 g).
LC-MS ([M + H] ⁺ / Rt (min)): 228.1 / 0.897

参考例４３−３に記載の方法に準じ、参考例６０−２の化合物より表題化合物を得た。
LC-MS ([M+H]^＋/Rt (min))： 250.1/1.014 Reference example 60-3
6-Chloro-5- (difluoromethyl) -isopropyl nicotinate

The title compound was obtained from the compound of Reference Example 60-2 according to the method described in Reference Example 43-3.
LC-MS ([M + H] ⁺ / Rt (min)): 250.1 / 1.014

参考例６０−３の化合物（５００ｍｇ）のアセトニトリル（１０ｍＬ）溶液にブロモトリメチルシラン（０．５２ｍＬ）を加え、１００℃で４時間撹拌した。反応混合物を室温に冷却後、減圧濃縮した。残渣をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー（ヘキサン／酢酸エチル）にて精製して表題化合物（５８５ｍｇ）を得た。
LC-MS ([M+H]^＋/Rt (min))： 294.0/1.035 Reference example 60-4
6-Bromo-5- (difluoromethyl) -isopropyl nicotinate

Bromethyltrimethylsilane (0.52 mL) was added to a solution of compound (500 mg) of Reference Example 60-3 in acetonitrile (10 mL), and the mixture was stirred at 100 ° C. for 4 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane / ethyl acetate) to give the title compound (585 mg).
LC-MS ([M + H] ⁺ / Rt (min)): 294.0 / 1.035

参考例６０−４の化合物（１００ｍｇ）の１，４−ジオキサン（３ｍＬ）／水（０．３ｍＬ）溶液に［１，１’−ビス（ジフェニルホスフィノ）フェロセン］パラジウム（II） ジクロリド ジクロロメタン アダクト（２８ｍｇ）、カリウム （４−メトキシ）ベンジルオキシメチルトリフルオロボレート（１１４ｍｇ）、炭酸セシウム（２２２ｍｇ）を加え、１２０℃で９．５時間撹拌した。反応混合物を室温に冷却後、減圧濃縮した。残渣をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー（ヘキサン／酢酸エチル）にて精製して表題化合物（７０ｍｇ）を得た。
LC-MS ([M+H]^＋/Rt (min))： 366.5/1.129
¹H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃): δ9.20 (1H, s), 8.54 (1H, s), 7.27 (2H, d, J = 8.7 Hz), 7.16 (1H, t, J = 54.8Hz), 6.89 (2H, d, J = 8.7 Hz), 5.30 (1H, sep, J = 5.9 Hz), 4.83 (2H, s), 4.52 (2H, s), 3.81 (3H, s), 1.40 (6H, d, J = 5.9 Hz). Reference example 60-5
5- (Difluoromethyl) -6-{[(4-Methoxybenzyl) oxy] methyl} -isopropyl nicotinate

Reference Example 60-4 compound (100 mg) in a solution of 1,4-dioxane (3 mL) / water (0.3 mL) [1,1'-bis (diphenylphosphino) ferrocene] palladium (II) dichloride dichloromethane adduct ( 28 mg), potassium (4-methoxy) benzyloxymethyltrifluoroborate (114 mg), and cesium carbonate (222 mg) were added, and the mixture was stirred at 120 ° C. for 9.5 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane / ethyl acetate) to give the title compound (70 mg).
LC-MS ([M + H] ⁺ / Rt (min)): 366.5 / 1.129
¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl ₃ ): δ9.20 (1H, s), 8.54 (1H, s), 7.27 (2H, d, J = 8.7 Hz), 7.16 (1H, t, J = 54.8 Hz) ), 6.89 (2H, d, J = 8.7 Hz), 5.30 (1H, sep, J = 5.9 Hz), 4.83 (2H, s), 4.52 (2H, s), 3.81 (3H, s), 1.40 (6H) , d, J = 5.9 Hz).

参考例６０−５の化合物（４４ｍｇ）のジクロロメタン（１．５ｍＬ）溶液にＴＦＡ（１．５ｍＬ）を加え、室温で１７時間撹拌した。反応混合物を減圧濃縮し、残渣を飽和炭酸水素ナトリウム水溶液で中和した後、酢酸エチルで抽出した。有機層を飽和食塩水にて洗浄し、硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥、ろ過後、減圧濃縮した。残渣をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー（ヘキサン／酢酸エチル）にて精製して表題化合物（１６ｍｇ）を得た。
LC-MS ([M+H]^＋/Rt (min))： 246.1/0.756 Reference example 60-6
5- (Difluoromethyl) -6- (Hydroxymethyl) -isopropyl nicotinate

TFA (1.5 mL) was added to a solution of compound (44 mg) of Reference Example 60-5 in dichloromethane (1.5 mL), and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 17 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, the residue was neutralized with saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with saturated brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane / ethyl acetate) to give the title compound (16 mg).
LC-MS ([M + H] ⁺ / Rt (min)): 246.1 / 0.756

５−ブロモ−６−ヒドロキシ−ニコチン酸（１０ｇ）の塩化チオニル（１７ｍＬ）／ＤＭＦ（０．３６ｍＬ）懸濁液を８０℃で２時間撹拌した。反応混合物を室温に冷却後、減圧濃縮した。残渣にトルエン（５０ｍＬ）、Ｎ，Ｎ−ジイソプロピルエチルアミン（１６ｍＬ）、ｔｅｒｔ−ブタノール（２２ｍＬ）を加え、混合物を室温で３時間、８０℃で１時間撹拌した。ＤＭＡＰ（０．２８ｇ）を加え、さらに８０℃で２時間撹拌した。反応混合物を室温に冷却後、残渣に飽和炭酸ナトリウム水溶液、水を加え、酢酸エチルで抽出した。有機層を飽和炭酸ナトリウム水溶液、飽和硫酸水素カリウム水溶液、飽和炭酸水素ナトリウム水溶液、飽和食塩水にて順に洗浄し、硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥、ろ過後、減圧濃縮した。残渣をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー（ヘキサン／酢酸エチル）にて精製して表題化合物（５．８５ｇ）を得た。
LC-MS ([M+H]^＋/Rt (min))： 292.0/1.188 Reference example 61
Tert-Butyl 5-bromo-6-chloro-nicotinate

A suspension of thionyl chloride (17 mL) / DMF (0.36 mL) of 5-bromo-6-hydroxy-nicotinic acid (10 g) was stirred at 80 ° C. for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and concentrated under reduced pressure. Toluene (50 mL), N, N-diisopropylethylamine (16 mL) and tert-butanol (22 mL) were added to the residue, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours and at 80 ° C. for 1 hour. DMAP (0.28 g) was added, and the mixture was further stirred at 80 ° C. for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, saturated aqueous sodium carbonate solution and water were added to the residue, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with saturated aqueous sodium carbonate solution, saturated aqueous potassium hydrogensulfate solution, saturated aqueous sodium hydrogencarbonate solution, and saturated brine in this order, dried with sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane / ethyl acetate) to give the title compound (5.85 g).
LC-MS ([M + H] ⁺ / Rt (min)): 292.0 / 1.188

参考例６０−４に記載の方法に準じ、参考例６０−３の化合物とヨードトリメチルシランを用い表題化合物を得た。
LC-MS ([M+H]^＋/Rt (min))： 342.0/1.054 Reference example 62
5- (Difluoromethyl) -6-iodo-isopropyl nicotinate

According to the method described in Reference Example 60-4, the title compound was obtained using the compound of Reference Example 60-3 and iodotrimethylsilane.
LC-MS ([M + H] ⁺ / Rt (min)): 342.0 / 1.054

参考例６０−４に記載の方法に準じ、参考例４３−３の化合物とヨードトリメチルシランを用い表題化合物を得た。
LC-MS ([M+H]^＋/Rt (min))： 314.0/0.875 Reference example 63
Methyl 5- (difluoromethyl) -6-iodo-methyl nicotinate

According to the method described in Reference Example 60-4, the title compound was obtained using the compound of Reference Example 43-3 and iodotrimethylsilane.
LC-MS ([M + H] ⁺ / Rt (min)): 314.0 / 0.875

水素化ナトリウム（３．０４ｇ）のＤＭＦ（１５ｍＬ）懸濁液を氷冷し、そこに４−ニトロイミダゾール（５．６６ｇ）のＤＭＦ（４０ｍＬ）溶液を加え、混合物を氷冷下４５分間撹拌した。２−（トリメチルシリル）エトキシメチルクロリド（９．６５ｍＬ）を加え、混合物を室温にて２時間撹拌した。メタノール、氷、飽和食塩水を加え、ヘキサン／酢酸エチル（１／１）で抽出した。有機層を硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥、ろ過後、減圧濃縮した。残渣をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー（ヘキサン／酢酸エチル）にて精製して表題化合物（８．６２ｇ）を得た。
LC-MS ([M+H]^＋/Rt (min))： 244.1/0.927 Reference example 64-1
4-Nitro-1-{[2- (trimethylsilyl) ethoxy] methyl} -1H-imidazole

A suspension of sodium hydride (3.04 g) in DMF (15 mL) was ice-cooled, a solution of 4-nitroimidazole (5.66 g) in DMF (40 mL) was added thereto, and the mixture was stirred under ice-cooling for 45 minutes. .. 2- (Trimethylsilyl) ethoxymethyl chloride (9.65 mL) was added and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. Methanol, ice and saturated brine were added, and the mixture was extracted with hexane / ethyl acetate (1/1). The organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane / ethyl acetate) to give the title compound (8.62 g).
LC-MS ([M + H] ⁺ / Rt (min)): 244.1 / 0.927

参考例６４−１の化合物（７．８４ｇ）とロジウム炭素（３．９２ｇ）の酢酸エチル（２００ｍＬ）懸濁液を水素雰囲気下、室温にて１０時間撹拌した。反応混合物をセライトでろ過し、ろ液に塩化水素（４ｍｏｌ／Ｌ ｉｎ １，４−ジオキサン，８ｍＬ）を加え、混合物を減圧濃縮して表題化合物（６．２２ｇ）を得た。
LC-MS ([M+H]^＋/Rt (min))： 214.2/0.665 Reference example 64-2
1-{[2- (trimethylsilyl) ethoxy] methyl} -1H-imidazol-4-amine

A suspension of the compound of Reference Example 64-1 (7.84 g) and rhodium carbon (3.92 g) in ethyl acetate (200 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 10 hours under a hydrogen atmosphere. The reaction mixture was filtered through Celite, hydrogen chloride (4 mol / Lin 1,4-dioxane, 8 mL) was added to the filtrate, and the mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to give the title compound (6.22 g).
LC-MS ([M + H] ⁺ / Rt (min)): 214.2 / 0.665

実施例４９に記載の方法に準じ、参考例６４−２の化合物と参考例６０−５の化合物を用い表題化合物を得た。
LC-MS ([M+H]^＋/Rt (min))： 519.4/1.105 Reference example 64-3
5- (Difluoromethyl) -6-{[(4-Methoxybenzyl) oxy] methyl} -N- (1-{[2- (trimethylsilyl) ethoxy] methyl} -1H-imidazol-4-yl) nicotinamide

A title compound was obtained using the compound of Reference Example 64-2 and the compound of Reference Example 60-5 according to the method described in Example 49.
LC-MS ([M + H] ⁺ / Rt (min)): 519.4 / 1.105

実施例５０に記載の方法に準じ、参考例６４−３の化合物より表題化合物を得た。
LC-MS ([M+H]^＋/Rt (min))： 269.1/0.322 Reference example 64-4
5- (Difluoromethyl) -6- (Hydroxymethyl) -N- (1H-imidazol-4-yl) nicotinamide

The title compound was obtained from the compound of Reference Example 64-3 according to the method described in Example 50.
LC-MS ([M + H] ⁺ / Rt (min)): 269.1 / 0.322

参考例４の化合物（１ｇ）とＤＩＥＡ（１．４ｍＬ）のＴＨＦ（２５ｍＬ）溶液に、アクリロイルクロリド（０．３２ｍＬ）をゆっくり加えた。反応混合物を室温で１．５時間撹拌した後、水を加え、クロロホルムで抽出した。有機層を飽和食塩水で洗浄し、無水硫酸ナトリウムにて乾燥後、ろ過して減圧濃縮した。得られた残渣をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー（クロロホルム／メタノール）にて精製し、表題化合物（０．１３ｇ）を得た。
LC-MS ([M+H]^＋/Rt (min))： 296.2/0.718
¹H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆)： δ10.56 (1H, s), 7.69-7.66 (3H, m), 7.62-7.57 (2H, m), 7.33 (1H, s), 6.44 (1H, dd, J = 17.1, 10.4 Hz), 6.15 (1H, dd, J = 17.1, 2.4 Hz), 5.63 (1H, dd, J = 10.4, 2.4 Hz), 5.27 (2H, s). Reference example 65-1
N- {1- [3- (trifluoromethyl) benzyl] -1H-imidazol-4-yl} prop-2-enamide

Acryloyl chloride (0.32 mL) was slowly added to a solution of compound (1 g) of Reference Example 4 and DIEA (1.4 mL) in THF (25 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1.5 hours, water was added, and the mixture was extracted with chloroform. The organic layer was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The obtained residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (chloroform / methanol) to give the title compound (0.13 g).
LC-MS ([M + H] ⁺ / Rt (min)): 296.2 / 0.718
¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): δ10.56 (1H, s), 7.69-7.66 (3H, m), 7.62-7.57 (2H, m), 7.33 (1H, s), 6.44 ( 1H, dd, J = 17.1, 10.4 Hz), 6.15 (1H, dd, J = 17.1, 2.4 Hz), 5.63 (1H, dd, J = 10.4, 2.4 Hz), 5.27 (2H, s).

参考例６５−１の化合物（６０ｍｇ）のＤＭＦ（２ｍＬ）溶液に、５−ブロモ−ピコリン酸メチル（５３ｍｇ）、ジクロロビス（トリ−Ｏ−トリルホスフィン）パラジウム（ＩＩ）（１６ｍｇ）、トリエチルアミン（０．０４２ｍＬ）を加え、９０℃で３．５時間、さらに１３０℃で２時間撹拌した。室温に冷却後、水、少量のメタノールを加え、酢酸エチルで抽出した。有機層を飽和食塩水で洗浄し、無水硫酸ナトリウムにて乾燥後、ろ過して減圧濃縮した。得られた残渣をアミノシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー（酢酸エチル／メタノール）にて精製し、表題化合物（４２ｍｇ）を得た。
LC-MS ([M+H]^＋/Rt (min))： 431.2/0.790
¹H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆)： δ10.73 (1H, s), 8.87 (1H, s), 8.14-8.08 (2H, m), 7.71-7.56 (6H, m), 7.41 (1H, s), 7.07 (1H, d, J = 15.8 Hz), 5.29 (2H, s), 3.88 (3H, s). Reference example 65-2
5-[(1E) -3-oxo-3-({1- [3- (trifluoromethyl) benzyl] -1H-imidazol-4-yl} amino) prop-1-ene-1-yl] picolinic acid Methyl

Methyl 5-bromo-picolinate (53 mg), dichlorobis (tri-O-tolylphosphine) palladium (II) (16 mg), triethylamine (0.) In a solution of the compound (60 mg) of Reference Example 65-1 in DMF (2 mL). 042 mL) was added, and the mixture was stirred at 90 ° C. for 3.5 hours and further at 130 ° C. for 2 hours. After cooling to room temperature, water and a small amount of methanol were added, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The obtained residue was purified by amino silica gel column chromatography (ethyl acetate / methanol) to give the title compound (42 mg).
LC-MS ([M + H] ⁺ / Rt (min)): 431.2 / 0.790
¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): δ10.73 (1H, s), 8.87 (1H, s), 8.14-8.08 (2H, m), 7.71-7.56 (6H, m), 7.41 ( 1H, s), 7.07 (1H, d, J = 15.8 Hz), 5.29 (2H, s), 3.88 (3H, s).

２−エトキシカルボニルビニルボロン酸ピナコール（３６１ｍｇ）の１，４−ジオキサン（１５ｍＬ）／水（１．５ｍＬ）溶液に、５−ブロモ−２−ヒドロキシメチルピリジン（３００ｍｇ）、ビス（トリ−ｔ−ブチルホスフィン）パラジウム（０）（１２２ｍｇ）、炭酸カリウム（６６２ｍｇ）を加え、混合物をマイクロ波照射下、１３０℃で１．５時間撹拌した。反応混合物を室温に冷却後、水を加え、酢酸エチルで抽出した。有機層を飽和食塩水にて洗浄し、無水硫酸ナトリウムにて乾燥、ろ過後、減圧濃縮した。得られた残渣をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー（ヘキサン／酢酸エチル）にて精製し、表題化合物（２０４ｍｇ）を得た。
LC-MS ([M+H]^＋/Rt (min))： 208.1/0.476 Reference example 66
Ethyl (2E) -3- [6- (Hydroxymethyl) Pyridine-3-yl] Prop-2-enoate

5-Bromo-2-hydroxymethylpyridine (300 mg), bis (tri-t-butyl) in a 1,4-dioxane (15 mL) / water (1.5 mL) solution of 2-ethoxycarbonylvinylboronic acid pinacol (361 mg) Phosphine) palladium (0) (122 mg) and potassium carbonate (662 mg) were added, and the mixture was stirred at 130 ° C. for 1.5 hours under microwave irradiation. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, water was added, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The obtained residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane / ethyl acetate) to give the title compound (204 mg).
LC-MS ([M + H] ⁺ / Rt (min)): 208.1 / 0.476

参考例６６に記載の方法に準じ、対応する原料化合物を用いて表題化合物を得た。
LC-MS ([M+H]^＋/Rt (min))： 242.1/0.719 Reference example 67
Ethyl (2E) -3- [5-chloro-6- (hydroxymethyl) pyridin-3-yl] prop-2-enoate

The title compound was obtained using the corresponding starting compound according to the method described in Reference Example 66.
LC-MS ([M + H] ⁺ / Rt (min)): 242.1 / 0.719

参考例７に記載の方法に準じ、参考例６の化合物と市販の原料化合物を用いて表題化合物を得た。
LC-MS ([M+H]^＋/Rt (min))： 368.2/0.820 Reference example 68-1
6-Chloro-N- [1- (3,4,5-trifluorobenzyl) -1H-imidazol-4-yl] pyridazine-3-carboxamide

The title compound was obtained by using the compound of Reference Example 6 and a commercially available raw material compound according to the method described in Reference Example 7.
LC-MS ([M + H] ⁺ / Rt (min)): 368.2 / 0.820

参考例２０に記載の方法に準じ、参考例６８−１の化合物より表題化合物を得た。
LC-MS ([M+H]^＋/Rt (min))： 360.2/0.809 Reference example 68-2
6-Ethenyl-N- [1- (3,4,5-trifluorobenzyl) -1H-imidazol-4-yl] pyridazine-3-carboxamide

The title compound was obtained from the compound of Reference Example 68-1 according to the method described in Reference Example 20.
LC-MS ([M + H] ⁺ / Rt (min)): 360.2 / 0.809

参考例６０−３の化合物（５ｇ）のＴＨＦ（２０ｍＬ）溶液に５ｍｏｌ／Ｌ水酸化ナトリウム水溶液（１２．０ｍＬ）を加え、反応混合物を室温で２４時間撹拌した。５ｍｏｌ／Ｌ塩酸（１２．０ｍＬ）を加えて混合物を酸性にし、クロロホルムで抽出した。有機層を飽和食塩水で洗浄し、無水硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥、ろ過後、減圧濃縮して表題化合物（４．１６ｇ）を得た。
LC-MS ([M+H]^＋/Rt (min))： 208.1/0.649 Reference example 69-1
6-Chloro-5- (difluoromethyl) Pyridine-3-carboxylic acid

A 5 mol / L aqueous sodium hydroxide solution (12.0 mL) was added to a solution of compound (5 g) of Reference Example 60-3 in THF (20 mL), and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 24 hours. The mixture was acidified by adding 5 mol / L hydrochloric acid (12.0 mL) and extracted with chloroform. The organic layer was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to give the title compound (4.16 g).
LC-MS ([M + H] ⁺ / Rt (min)): 208.1 / 0.649

参考例６９−１に記載の方法に準じ、参考例６０−４の化合物より表題化合物を得た。LC-MS ([M+H]^＋/Rt (min))： 252.0/0.654 Reference example 69-2
6-Bromo-5- (difluoromethyl) Pyridine-3-carboxylic acid

The title compound was obtained from the compound of Reference Example 60-4 according to the method described in Reference Example 69-1. LC-MS ([M + H] ⁺ / Rt (min)): 252.0 / 0.654

参考例６９−１の化合物（４．１６ｇ）のＴＨＦ（３０ｍＬ）懸濁液にトリエチルアミン（８．３８ｍＬ）、クロロリン酸ジフェニル（４．５９ｍＬ）を氷冷下で加え、反応混合物を室温で１時間２０分撹拌した。参考例６の化合物（５．２８ｇ）を加え、室温で３．５時間撹拌した。トルエン（３０ｍＬ）、２ｍｏｌ／Ｌ水酸化ナトリウム水溶液（３０ｍＬ）、水（３０ｍＬ）を加え、トルエンで抽出した。有機層を飽和炭酸ナトリウム水溶液、飽和食塩水にて洗浄し、無水硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥、ろ過後、減圧濃縮した。得られた固体をトルエン（１０ｍＬ）に懸濁させ、超音波洗浄機にかけた。ヘキサン（１０ｍＬ）を加え、再度超音波洗浄機にかけた。析出した固体をろ取し、ヘキサン／トルエン、ヘキサンで順次洗浄し、減圧乾燥して、表題化合物（４．７３ｇ）を得た。
LC-MS ([M+H]^＋/Rt (min))： 417.6/0.925
¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆): δ11.35 (1H, s), 9.08 (1H, d, J = 2.4 Hz), 8.64 (1H, d, J = 2.4 Hz), 7.72 (1H, d, J = 1.2 Hz), 7.52 (1H, d, J = 1.2 Hz), 7.40-7.11 (3H, m), 5.19 (2H, s). Reference example 70-1
6-Chloro-5- (difluoromethyl) -N- [1- (3,4,5-trifluorobenzyl) -1H-imidazol-4-yl] Pyridine-3-carboxamide

Triethylamine (8.38 mL) and diphenyl chlorophosphate (4.59 mL) were added to a THF (30 mL) suspension of the compound (4.16 g) of Reference Example 69-1 under ice-cooling, and the reaction mixture was added at room temperature for 1 hour. The mixture was stirred for 20 minutes. The compound of Reference Example 6 (5.28 g) was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3.5 hours. Toluene (30 mL), 2 mol / L sodium hydroxide aqueous solution (30 mL) and water (30 mL) were added, and the mixture was extracted with toluene. The organic layer was washed with saturated aqueous sodium carbonate solution and saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting solid was suspended in toluene (10 mL) and ultrasonically cleaned. Hexane (10 mL) was added and ultrasonically cleaned again. The precipitated solid was collected by filtration, washed successively with hexane / toluene and hexane, and dried under reduced pressure to give the title compound (4.73 g).
LC-MS ([M + H] ⁺ / Rt (min)): 417.6 / 0.925
¹ H-NMR (DMSO-d ₆ ): δ11.35 (1H, s), 9.08 (1H, d, J = 2.4 Hz), 8.64 (1H, d, J = 2.4 Hz), 7.72 (1H, d, J = 1.2 Hz), 7.52 (1H, d, J = 1.2 Hz), 7.40-7.11 (3H, m), 5.19 (2H, s).

参考例７０−１に記載の方法に準じ、参考例６と参考例６９−２の化合物より表題化合物を得た。
LC-MS ([M+H]^＋/Rt (min))： 461.1/1.142 Reference example 70-2
6-Bromo-5- (difluoromethyl) -N- [1- (3,4,5-trifluorobenzyl) -1H-imidazol-4-yl] Pyridine-3-carboxamide

The title compound was obtained from the compounds of Reference Example 6 and Reference Example 69-2 according to the method described in Reference Example 70-1.
LC-MS ([M + H] ⁺ / Rt (min)): 461.1 / 1.142

参考例２０に記載の方法に準じ、参考例７０−１の化合物より表題化合物を得た。
LC-MS ([M+H]^＋/Rt (min))： 409.0/0.909
¹H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆): δ11.24 (1H, s), 9.21 (1H, s), 8.51 (1H, d, J = 1.8 Hz), 7.71 (1H, d, J = 1.2 Hz), 7.51 (1H, d, J = 1.2 Hz), 7.42 (1H, t, J = 54.3 Hz), 7.37-7.33 (2H, m), 7.14 (1H, dd, J = 16.5, 11.0 Hz), 6.56 (1H, dd, J = 16.5, 1.8 Hz), 5.72 (1H, dd, J = 10.4, 1.8 Hz), 5.19 (2H, s). Reference example 71
5- (Difluoromethyl) -6-ethenyl-N- [1- (3,4,5-trifluorobenzyl) -1H-imidazol-4-yl] Pyridine-3-carboxamide

The title compound was obtained from the compound of Reference Example 70-1 according to the method described in Reference Example 20.
LC-MS ([M + H] ⁺ / Rt (min)): 409.0 / 0.909
¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): δ11.24 (1H, s), 9.21 (1H, s), 8.51 (1H, d, J = 1.8 Hz), 7.71 (1H, d, J = 1.2 Hz), 7.51 (1H, d, J = 1.2 Hz), 7.42 (1H, t, J = 54.3 Hz), 7.37-7.33 (2H, m), 7.14 (1H, dd, J = 16.5, 11.0 Hz) , 6.56 (1H, dd, J = 16.5, 1.8 Hz), 5.72 (1H, dd, J = 10.4, 1.8 Hz), 5.19 (2H, s).

参考例７１の化合物（１．０３ｇ）と過ヨウ素酸ナトリウム（２．１５８ｇ）のアセトン（２０ｍＬ）／水（６．７ｍＬ）懸濁液に、四酸化オスミウム（固定化触媒、７７ｍｇ）を加え、反応混合物を室温で２４時間撹拌した。酢酸エチル、水を加え、樹脂をろ過により除いた。ろ液を酢酸エチルで抽出した。有機層を飽和食塩水で洗浄し、無水硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥後、ろ過、減圧濃縮した。残渣に酢酸エチル／ＴＨＦ／メタノール（３０ｍＬ／１５ｍＬ／３ｍＬ）、ＳｉｌｉａＭｅｔＳ（登録商標）Ｔｈｉｏｌ（１０４ｍｇ）、シリカゲル（５．２ｇ）を加え、混合物を室温で１時間撹拌した後、ろ過した。ろ上物を酢酸エチル／メタノール（１０／１，１５０ｍＬ）で洗浄し、ろ液を減圧濃縮して表題化合物（８７０ｍｇ）を得た。
LC-MS ([M+H]^＋/Rt (min))： 411.2/0.886
¹H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆): δ11.52 (1H, s), 10.07 (1H, s), 9.43 (1H, s), 8.74 (1H, s), 7.73 (1H, d, J = 1.2 Hz), 7.58 (1H, t, J = 54.2 Hz), 7.55 (1H, d, J = 1.2 Hz), 7.37-7.34 (2H, m), 5.20 (2H, s). Reference example 72
5- (Difluoromethyl) -6-formyl l-N- [1- (3,4,5-trifluorobenzyl) -1H-imidazol-4-yl] Pyridine-3-carboxamide

Osmium tetroxide (immobilization catalyst, 77 mg) was added to a suspension of the compound of Reference Example 71 (1.03 g) and sodium periodate (2.158 g) in acetone (20 mL) / water (6.7 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 24 hours. Ethyl acetate and water were added, and the resin was removed by filtration. The filtrate was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. Ethyl acetate / THF / methanol (30 mL / 15 mL / 3 mL), SiliaMetS® Thiol (104 mg) and silica gel (5.2 g) were added to the residue, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour and then filtered. The filtrate was washed with ethyl acetate / methanol (10 / 1,150 mL), and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to give the title compound (870 mg).
LC-MS ([M + H] ⁺ / Rt (min)): 411.2 / 0.886
¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): δ11.52 (1H, s), 10.07 (1H, s), 9.43 (1H, s), 8.74 (1H, s), 7.73 (1H, d, J = 1.2 Hz), 7.58 (1H, t, J = 54.2 Hz), 7.55 (1H, d, J = 1.2 Hz), 7.37-7.34 (2H, m), 5.20 (2H, s).

参考例２０に記載の方法に準じ、参考例６０−３の化合物より表題化合物を得た。
LC-MS ([M+H]^＋/Rt (min))： 242.1/1.022 Reference example 73
Propane-2-yl 5- (difluoromethyl) -6-ethenylpyridine-3-carboxylate

The title compound was obtained from the compound of Reference Example 60-3 according to the method described in Reference Example 20.
LC-MS ([M + H] ⁺ / Rt (min)): 242.1 / 1.022

参考例７３の化合物（４００ｍｇ）のジクロロメタン／メタノール（１／１，２４ｍＬ）溶液を−７８℃に冷却し、反応混合物を撹拌しながらオゾンガスを１０分間吹き込んだ。系内を空気で置換後、水素化ホウ素ナトリウム（６３ｍｇ）を加え、反応混合物を氷冷下、５０分撹拌した。反応混合物に水を加え、酢酸エチルで抽出した。有機層を飽和食塩水にて洗浄し、無水硫酸ナトリウムにて乾燥、ろ過後、減圧濃縮した。得られた残渣をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー（ヘキサン／酢酸エチル）にて精製し、表題化合物（２９９ｍｇ）を得た。
LC-MS ([M+H]^＋/Rt (min))： 245.8/0.567 Reference example 74
Propane-2-yl 5- (difluoromethyl) -6- (hydroxymethyl) pyridine-3-carboxylate

A solution of the compound (400 mg) of Reference Example 73 in dichloromethane / methanol (1 / 1,24 mL) was cooled to −78 ° C., and ozone gas was blown in for 10 minutes while stirring the reaction mixture. After replacing the inside of the system with air, sodium borohydride (63 mg) was added, and the reaction mixture was stirred under ice-cooling for 50 minutes. Water was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The obtained residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane / ethyl acetate) to give the title compound (299 mg).
LC-MS ([M + H] ⁺ / Rt (min)): 245.8 / 0.567

参考例７の化合物（１００ｍｇ）のＴＨＦ（２ｍＬ）／メタノール（１ｍＬ）溶液に水素化ホウ素リチウム（３ｍｏｌ／Ｌ ｉｎ ＴＨＦ，０．０８ｍＬ）を加え、室温で３時間撹拌した。反応混合物に飽和塩化アンモニウム水溶液、水を加え、酢酸エチルで抽出した。有機層を飽和食塩水にて洗浄し、無水硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥、ろ過後、減圧濃縮した。得られた固体に酢酸エチル（２ｍＬ）、ヘキサン（２ｍＬ）を加えて超音波洗浄機にかけ、固体をろ取し、ヘキサン／酢酸エチル（１／１，１ｍＬ×２）で洗浄後、４０℃で減圧乾燥し、表題化合物（７０ｍｇ）を得た。
LC-MS ([M+H]^＋/Rt (min))： 377.2/0733 Example 1
5- (Hydroxymethyl) -N- {1- [3- (trifluoromethyl) benzyl] -1H-imidazol-4-yl} picoline amide

Lithium borohydride (3 mol / Lin THF, 0.08 mL) was added to a solution of the compound (100 mg) of Reference Example 7 in THF (2 mL) / methanol (1 mL), and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. A saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution and water were added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. Ethyl acetate (2 mL) and hexane (2 mL) were added to the obtained solid, and the solid was subjected to an ultrasonic cleaner. The solid was collected by filtration, washed with hexane / ethyl acetate (1 / 1,1 mL × 2), and then at 40 ° C. The mixture was dried under reduced pressure to give the title compound (70 mg).
LC-MS ([M + H] ⁺ / Rt (min)): 377.2/0733

Examples 2-3
Compounds of Examples 2 and 3 were obtained using the corresponding compounds of Reference Examples according to the method described in Example 1.

重水素化リチウムアルミニウム（２１ｍｇ）のＴＨＦ（３ｍＬ）懸濁液に氷冷下で参考例８の化合物（１００ｍｇ）を加え、同温で３０分間撹拌した後、室温で２時間撹拌した。重水素化リチウムアルミニウム（１１ｍｇ）を加え、室温でさらに１時間撹拌した。水（０．０４０ｍＬ）、１０％水酸化ナトリウム水溶液（０．０６０ｍＬ）、水（０．１２ｍＬ）を順に加え、室温で２０分間撹拌した。不溶物をろ過により除去した後、ろ上物を水、酢酸エチル／メタノール（１／１）、酢酸エチル、メタノールで順に洗浄した。ろ液を減圧濃縮し、残渣にメタノール、水を加えて超音波洗浄機にかけた。析出した固体をろ取し、水で洗浄後、５０℃で減圧乾燥し、表題化合物（５３ｍｇ）を得た。
LC-MS ([M+H]^＋/Rt (min))： 379.2/0.673
¹H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆): δ11.00 (1H, s), 9.01 (1H, d, J = 1.8 Hz), 8.30 (1H, d, J = 8.2, 1.8 Hz), 7.73-7.68 (3H, m), 7.64-7.61 (2H, m), 7.54 (1H, d, J = 8.2 Hz), 7.47 (1H, d, J = 1.2 Hz), 5.48 (1H, s), 5.31 (2H, s). Example 4
6- [hydroxy ⁽² _{H 2)} methyl] -N- {1- [3- (trifluoromethyl) benzyl]-1H-imidazol-4-yl} nicotinamide

The compound of Reference Example 8 (100 mg) was added to a suspension of lithium aluminum deuteride (21 mg) in THF (3 mL) under ice-cooling, and the mixture was stirred at the same temperature for 30 minutes and then at room temperature for 2 hours. Lithium aluminum deuteride (11 mg) was added and stirred at room temperature for an additional hour. Water (0.040 mL), 10% aqueous sodium hydroxide solution (0.060 mL) and water (0.12 mL) were added in this order, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 20 minutes. After removing the insoluble matter by filtration, the filtrate was washed with water, ethyl acetate / methanol (1/1), ethyl acetate, and methanol in this order. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure, methanol and water were added to the residue, and the mixture was subjected to an ultrasonic cleaner. The precipitated solid was collected by filtration, washed with water, and dried under reduced pressure at 50 ° C. to give the title compound (53 mg).
LC-MS ([M + H] ⁺ / Rt (min)): 379.2 / 0.673
¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): δ11.00 (1H, s), 9.01 (1H, d, J = 1.8 Hz), 8.30 (1H, d, J = 8.2, 1.8 Hz), 7.73 -7.68 (3H, m), 7.64-7.61 (2H, m), 7.54 (1H, d, J = 8.2 Hz), 7.47 (1H, d, J = 1.2 Hz), 5.48 (1H, s), 5.31 ( 2H, s).

参考例８の化合物（７０ｍｇ）のＴＨＦ（５ｍＬ）溶液にメチルマグネシウムブロミド（０．９７ｍｏｌ／Ｌ ｉｎ ＴＨＦ，０．８９ｍＬ）を加え、室温で２０時間撹拌した。メチルマグネシウムブロミド（０．９７ｍｏｌ／Ｌ ｉｎ ＴＨＦ，０．４５ｍＬ）を加え、室温でさらに５．５時間撹拌した。反応混合物に飽和塩化アンモニウム水溶液、水を加え、酢酸エチルで抽出した。有機層を飽和食塩水にて洗浄し、無水硫酸ナトリウムにて乾燥、ろ過後、減圧濃縮した。残渣をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー（クロロホルム／メタノール）にて精製し、表題化合物（１０ｍｇ）を得た。
LC-MS ([M+H]^＋/Rt (min))： 405.2/0.742
¹H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆): δ10.97 (1H, s), 8.99 (1H, s), 8.27 (1H, d, J = 8.2 Hz), 7.77-7.61 (6H, m), 7.47 (1H, s), 5.31-5.30 (3H, m), 1.44 (6H, s). Example 5
6- (2-Hydroxypropan-2-yl) -N- {1- [3- (trifluoromethyl) benzyl] -1H-imidazol-4-yl} nicotinamide

Methylmagnesium bromide (0.97 mol / Lin THF, 0.89 mL) was added to a solution of the compound (70 mg) of Reference Example 8 in THF (5 mL), and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 20 hours. Methylmagnesium bromide (0.97 mol / L in THF, 0.45 mL) was added, and the mixture was further stirred at room temperature for 5.5 hours. A saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution and water were added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (chloroform / methanol) to give the title compound (10 mg).
LC-MS ([M + H] ⁺ / Rt (min)): 405.2 / 0.742
¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): δ10.97 (1H, s), 8.99 (1H, s), 8.27 (1H, d, J = 8.2 Hz), 7.77-7.61 (6H, m) , 7.47 (1H, s), 5.31-5.30 (3H, m), 1.44 (6H, s).

実施例５に記載の方法に準じ、参考例４８の化合物より表題化合物を得た。
LC-MS ([M+H]^＋/Rt (min))： 391.2/0.717
¹H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆): δ10.98 (1H, s), 9.00 (1H, d, J = 1.8 Hz), 8.29 (1H, dd, J = 8.3, 1.8 Hz), 7.73-7.72 (2H, m), 7.70-7.68 (1H, m), 7.64-7.61 (2H, m), 7.57 (1H, d, J = 8.3 Hz), 7.47 (1H, d, J = 1.2 Hz), 5.46 (1H, d, J = 4.9 Hz), 5.30 (2H, s), 4.75 (1H, qd, J = 6.7, 4.9 Hz), 1.36 (3H, d, J = 6.7 Hz). Example 6
6- (1-Hydroxyethyl) -N- {1- [3- (trifluoromethyl) benzyl] -1H-imidazol-4-yl} nicotinamide

The title compound was obtained from the compound of Reference Example 48 according to the method described in Example 5.
LC-MS ([M + H] ⁺ / Rt (min)): 391.2 / 0.717
¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): δ10.98 (1H, s), 9.00 (1H, d, J = 1.8 Hz), 8.29 (1H, dd, J = 8.3, 1.8 Hz), 7.73 -7.72 (2H, m), 7.70-7.68 (1H, m), 7.64-7.61 (2H, m), 7.57 (1H, d, J = 8.3 Hz), 7.47 (1H, d, J = 1.2 Hz), 5.46 (1H, d, J = 4.9 Hz), 5.30 (2H, s), 4.75 (1H, qd, J = 6.7, 4.9 Hz), 1.36 (3H, d, J = 6.7 Hz).

Examples 7-9
The compounds of Examples 7 to 9 were obtained from the corresponding compounds of the reference example according to the method described in the reference example 7.

６−（ヒドロキシメチル）−ニコチン酸メチル(０．９２４ｇ)のＴＨＦ（２２ｍＬ）溶液に５ｍｏｌ／Ｌ水酸化カリウム水溶液（２．２ｍｌ）を加えた。室温にて終夜撹拌した後、溶媒を減圧濃縮により留去し、減圧乾燥した。得られた固体のＤＭＦ（２５ｍＬ）溶液に参考例６で得た化合物（１．６１ｇ）、ＨＡＴＵ（２．５２ｇ）、ジイソプロピルエチルアミン（２．３８ｍＬ）を加え、室温にて１時間撹拌した。反応混合物に飽和炭酸水素ナトリウム水溶液と水を加え、析出した固体をろ過した。水とアセトニトリル、酢酸エチルにて洗浄した後、減圧乾燥し、表題化合物（１．３７５ｇ）を得た。
LC-MS ([M+H]^＋/Rt (min))： 363.1/0.66
¹H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆): δ11.00 (1H, s), 9.01 (1H, d, J = 1.8 Hz), 8.30 (1H, dd, J = 7.9, 1.8 Hz), 7.69 (1H, d, J = 1.2 Hz), 7.54 (1H, d, J = 7.9 Hz), 7.48 (1H, d, J = 1.2 Hz), 7.38-7.30 (2H, m), 5.52 (1H, t, J = 6.1 Hz), 5.18 (2H, s), 4.60 (2H, d, J = 6.1 Hz). Example 10
6- (Hydroxymethyl) -N- [1- (3,4,5-trifluorobenzyl) -1H-imidazol-4-yl] nicotinamide

A 5 mol / L potassium hydroxide aqueous solution (2.2 ml) was added to a solution of methyl 6- (hydroxymethyl) -methyl nicotinate (0.924 g) in THF (22 mL). After stirring overnight at room temperature, the solvent was distilled off by concentration under reduced pressure, and the mixture was dried under reduced pressure. The compound (1.61 g), HATU (2.52 g) and diisopropylethylamine (2.38 mL) obtained in Reference Example 6 were added to the obtained solid DMF (25 mL) solution, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. A saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution and water were added to the reaction mixture, and the precipitated solid was filtered. After washing with water, acetonitrile and ethyl acetate, the mixture was dried under reduced pressure to give the title compound (1.375 g).
LC-MS ([M + H] ⁺ / Rt (min)): 363.1 / 0.66
¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): δ11.00 (1H, s), 9.01 (1H, d, J = 1.8 Hz), 8.30 (1H, dd, J = 7.9, 1.8 Hz), 7.69 (1H, d, J = 1.2 Hz), 7.54 (1H, d, J = 7.9 Hz), 7.48 (1H, d, J = 1.2 Hz), 7.38-7.30 (2H, m), 5.52 (1H, t, J = 6.1 Hz), 5.18 (2H, s), 4.60 (2H, d, J = 6.1 Hz).

Examples 11-21
The compounds of Examples 11 to 21 were obtained from the corresponding compounds of the reference example according to the method described in Example 10.

参考例４９−２の化合物（１３８ｍｇ）と参考例５０の化合物（１４１ｍｇ）のＤＭＦ（１５ｍＬ）溶液に、ＥＤＣＩ・ＨＣｌ（１２４ｍｇ）、ＨＯＢｔ（８７ｍｇ）、Ｎ，Ｎ−ジイソプロピルエチルアミン（０．１８８ｍL）を加え８０℃にて６時間撹拌した。反応混合物に水、水酸化ナトリウム水溶液を加え、クロロホルムにて抽出した。有機層を飽和食塩水にて洗浄し、硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥、ろ過後、減圧濃縮した。得られた残渣をメタノール（５ｍＬ）に溶かし、２ｍｏｌ／Ｌ塩酸メタノール（０．８１ｍＬ）を加え４０℃にて５時間撹拌した。反応混合物に水、水酸化ナトリウム水溶液を順に加え、クロロホルムにて抽出した。有機層を飽和食塩水にて洗浄し、硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥、ろ過後、減圧濃縮した。残渣をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー（クロロホルム/メタノール）にて精製し、表題化合物（８６．４ｍｇ）を得た。
LC-MS ([M+H]^＋/Rt (min))： 363.2/0.640
¹H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆): δ10.06 (1H, s), 8.84 (1H, s), 8.19-8.14 (1H, m), 7.97-7.95 (2H, m), 7.42-7.34 (3H, m), 5.31-5.26 (1H, m), 5.24 (2H, s), 4.48 (2H, d, J = 4.8 Hz). Example 22
N- [6- (Hydroxymethyl) Pyridine-3-yl] -1- (3,4,5-trifluorobenzyl) -1H-imidazol-4-carboxamide

EdCI-HCl (124 mg), HOBt (87 mg), N, N-diisopropylethylamine (0.188 mL) in a DMF (15 mL) solution of the compound of Reference Example 49-2 (138 mg) and the compound of Reference Example 50 (141 mg). Was added, and the mixture was stirred at 80 ° C. for 6 hours. Water and an aqueous sodium hydroxide solution were added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted with chloroform. The organic layer was washed with saturated brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The obtained residue was dissolved in methanol (5 mL), 2 mol / L methanol hydrochloride (0.81 mL) was added, and the mixture was stirred at 40 ° C. for 5 hours. Water and an aqueous sodium hydroxide solution were added to the reaction mixture in this order, and the mixture was extracted with chloroform. The organic layer was washed with saturated brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (chloroform / methanol) to give the title compound (86.4 mg).
LC-MS ([M + H] ⁺ / Rt (min)): 363.2 / 0.640
^{1 1} H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): δ10.06 (1H, s), 8.84 (1H, s), 8.19-8.14 (1H, m), 7.97-7.95 (2H, m), 7.42- 7.34 (3H, m), 5.31-5.26 (1H, m), 5.24 (2H, s), 4.48 (2H, d, J = 4.8 Hz).

実施例２２に記載の方法に準じ、参考例４９−２の化合物と参考例５１の化合物を用い、表題化合物を得た。
LC-MS ([M+H]^＋/Rt (min))： 413.3/0.673
¹H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆): δ10.13 (1H, s), 8.49 (1H, d, J = 2.0 Hz), 8.24 (1H, d, J = 9.2 Hz), 8.04 (1H, dd, J = 9.2, 2.0 Hz), 8.00 (1H, s), 7.98 (1H, s), 7.85 (1H, d, J = 8.8 Hz), 7.57 (1H, d, J = 8.8 Hz), 7.44-7.38 (2H, m), 5.50-5.46 (1H, m), 5.25 (2H, s), 4.60 (2H, d, J = 5.6 Hz). Example 23
N- [2- (Hydroxymethyl) quinoline-6-yl] -1- (3,4,5-trifluorobenzyl) -1H-imidazol-4-carboxamide

The title compound was obtained by using the compound of Reference Example 49-2 and the compound of Reference Example 51 according to the method described in Example 22.
LC-MS ([M + H] ⁺ / Rt (min)): 413.3 / 0.673
¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): δ10.13 (1H, s), 8.49 (1H, d, J = 2.0 Hz), 8.24 (1H, d, J = 9.2 Hz), 8.04 (1H) , dd, J = 9.2, 2.0 Hz), 8.00 (1H, s), 7.98 (1H, s), 7.85 (1H, d, J = 8.8 Hz), 7.57 (1H, d, J = 8.8 Hz), 7.44 -7.38 (2H, m), 5.50-5.46 (1H, m), 5.25 (2H, s), 4.60 (2H, d, J = 5.6 Hz).

参考例４５−２に記載の方法に準じ、参考例３９−２の化合物より表題化合物を得た。
LC-MS ([M+H]^＋/Rt (min))： 376.2/0.597 Example 24
6- (aminomethyl) -N- {1- [3- (trifluoromethyl) benzyl] -1H-imidazol-4-yl} nicotinamide ditrifluoroacetate

The title compound was obtained from the compound of Reference Example 39-2 according to the method described in Reference Example 45-2.
LC-MS ([M + H] ⁺ / Rt (min)): 376.2 / 0.597

実施例２４の化合物（３０ｍｇ）のＴＨＦ（１ｍＬ）溶液にトリエチルアミン（０．１１１ｍＬ）、無水酢酸（０．０３８ｍＬ）を加え、室温で１．５時間撹拌した。反応混合物に水を加えて酢酸エチルで抽出した。有機層を飽和食塩水にて洗浄し、無水硫酸ナトリウムにて乾燥、ろ過後、減圧濃縮した。残渣をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー（クロロホルム／メタノール）にて精製し、表題化合物（２８ｍｇ）を得た。
LC-MS ([M+H]^＋/Rt (min))： 418.3/0.669
¹H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆): δ11.02 (1H, s), 9.01 (1H, d, J = 1.8 Hz), 8.48 (1H, t, J = 6.1 Hz), 8.26 (1H, dd, J = 8.3, 1.8 Hz), 7.73-7.68 (3H, m), 7.64-7.59 (2H, m), 7.46 (1H, s), 7.35 (1H, d, J = 8.3 Hz), 5.30 (2H, s), 4.37 (2H, d, J = 6.1 Hz), 1.90 (3H, s). Example 25
6-[(acetylamino) methyl] -N- {1- [3- (trifluoromethyl) benzyl] -1H-imidazol-4-yl} nicotinamide

Triethylamine (0.111 mL) and acetic anhydride (0.038 mL) were added to a solution of the compound (30 mg) of Example 24 in THF (1 mL), and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1.5 hours. Water was added to the reaction mixture and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (chloroform / methanol) to give the title compound (28 mg).
LC-MS ([M + H] ⁺ / Rt (min)): 418.3 / 0.669
¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): δ11.02 (1H, s), 9.01 (1H, d, J = 1.8 Hz), 8.48 (1H, t, J = 6.1 Hz), 8.26 (1H) , dd, J = 8.3, 1.8 Hz), 7.73-7.68 (3H, m), 7.64-7.59 (2H, m), 7.46 (1H, s), 7.35 (1H, d, J = 8.3 Hz), 5.30 ( 2H, s), 4.37 (2H, d, J = 6.1 Hz), 1.90 (3H, s).

参考例５８の化合物（１５５ｍｇ）のＤＭＦ（１ｍＬ）溶液に炭酸カリウム（５９ｍｇ）、チオフェノール（３０μＬ）を加え、室温にて３時間撹拌した。反応混合物にジエチルエーテルを加え、有機層を０．１ｍｏｌ／Ｌ塩酸にて抽出した。得られた水層に飽和重曹水を加えてｐＨ９に調整し、クロロホルムで抽出した。有機層を無水硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥、ろ過後、減圧濃縮し、得られた残渣をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー（クロロホルム／メタノール）にて精製し、表題化合物（９３ｍｇ）を得た。
LC-MS ([M+２H]^２＋/Rt (min))： 195.7/0.628 Example 26
6-[(Methylamino) Methyl] -N- {1- [3- (trifluoromethyl) benzyl] -1H-imidazol-4-yl} nicotinamide

Potassium carbonate (59 mg) and thiophenol (30 μL) were added to a solution of the compound (155 mg) of Reference Example 58 in DMF (1 mL), and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. Diethyl ether was added to the reaction mixture, and the organic layer was extracted with 0.1 mol / L hydrochloric acid. Saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate was added to the obtained aqueous layer to adjust the pH to 9, and the mixture was extracted with chloroform. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, concentrated under reduced pressure, and the obtained residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (chloroform / methanol) to give the title compound (93 mg).
LC-MS ([M + 2H] ²⁺ / Rt (min)): 195.7 / 0.628

Examples 27-29
The compounds of Examples 27 to 29 were obtained from the corresponding compounds of the reference example according to the method described in the reference example 32.

実施例２７の化合物（５１ｍｇ）のＴＨＦ（２ｍＬ）／水（１ｍＬ）溶液に、過ヨウ素酸ナトリウム（７７ｍｇ）を加え、室温で１時間撹拌した。反応混合物に水を加え、酢酸エチルで抽出した。有機層を飽和食塩水にて洗浄し、無水硫酸ナトリウムにて乾燥させた後、ろ過、減圧濃縮した。得られた残渣のメタノール溶液（１ｍＬ）に水素化ホウ素ナトリウム（４ｍｇ）を加え、室温で１０分間撹拌した。反応混合物に飽和塩化アンモニウム水溶液を加え、室温で５分間撹拌後、減圧濃縮した。残渣に水を加え、超音波洗浄機にかけ、析出した固体をろ取した。水、メタノールで洗浄後、５０℃で減圧乾燥し、表題化合物（３７ｍｇ）を得た。
LC-MS ([M+H]^＋/Rt (min))： 395.3/0.739 Example 30
5-Fluoro-6- (hydroxymethyl) -N- {1- [3- (trifluoromethyl) benzyl] -1H-imidazol-4-yl} nicotinamide

Sodium periodate (77 mg) was added to a solution of compound (51 mg) of Example 27 in THF (2 mL) / water (1 mL), and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. Water was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. Sodium borohydride (4 mg) was added to a methanol solution (1 mL) of the obtained residue, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 10 minutes. A saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution was added to the reaction mixture, the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 5 minutes, and then concentrated under reduced pressure. Water was added to the residue, and the solid was collected by filtration through an ultrasonic cleaner. After washing with water and methanol, the mixture was dried under reduced pressure at 50 ° C. to give the title compound (37 mg).
LC-MS ([M + H] ⁺ / Rt (min)): 395.3 / 0.739

Examples 31-39
The compounds of Examples 31-39 were obtained from the compounds of Examples 28-29 and the corresponding compounds of the reference example according to the method described in Example 30.

参考例２７の化合物（２１１ｍｇ）のアセトン（５ｍＬ）／水（２．５ｍＬ）溶液に、四酸化オスミウム（２．５ｗｔ％ ｉｎ ｔｅｒｔ−ブタノール，０．５２５ｍＬ）、過ヨウ素酸ナトリウム（３５８ｍｇ）を加え、室温で４時間撹拌した。反応混合物に飽和チオ硫酸ナトリウム水溶液と水を加え、酢酸エチルで抽出した。有機層を飽和食塩水にて洗浄し、硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥、ろ過後、減圧濃縮した。残渣をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー（クロロホルム／メタノール）にて粗精製した。得られた化合物にメタノール（２ｍＬ）、水素化ホウ素ナトリウム（３ｍｇ）を加え、室温で１８．５時間撹拌した。反応混合物に飽和塩化アンモニウム水溶液、水を加え、酢酸エチルで抽出した。有機層を飽和食塩水にて洗浄し、硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥、ろ過後、減圧濃縮した。残渣をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー（クロロホルム／メタノール）にて精製し、表題化合物（８ｍｇ）を得た。
LC-MS ([M+H]^＋/Rt (min))： 383.2/0.705
¹H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆): δ9.77 (1H, s), 8.31 (1H, s), 7.72-7.71 (2H, m), 7.70-7.67 (1H, m), 7.62-7.60 (2H, m), 7.40 (1H, d, J = 1.8 Hz), 6.19 (1H, t, J = 5.8 Hz), 5.30 (2H, s), 4.77 (2H, d, J = 5.8 Hz). Example 40
2- (Hydroxymethyl) -N- {1- [3- (trifluoromethyl) benzyl] -1H-imidazol-4-yl} -1,3-thiazole-5-carboxamide

Osmium tetroxide (2.5 wt% tert-butanol, 0.525 mL) and sodium periodate (358 mg) were added to a solution of compound (211 mg) of Reference Example 27 in acetone (5 mL) / water (2.5 mL). , Stirred at room temperature for 4 hours. A saturated aqueous sodium thiosulfate solution and water were added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with saturated brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was crudely purified by silica gel column chromatography (chloroform / methanol). Methanol (2 mL) and sodium borohydride (3 mg) were added to the obtained compound, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18.5 hours. A saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution and water were added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with saturated brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (chloroform / methanol) to give the title compound (8 mg).
LC-MS ([M + H] ⁺ / Rt (min)): 383.2 / 0.705
¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): δ9.77 (1H, s), 8.31 (1H, s), 7.72-7.71 (2H, m), 7.70-7.67 (1H, m), 7.62- 7.60 (2H, m), 7.40 (1H, d, J = 1.8 Hz), 6.19 (1H, t, J = 5.8 Hz), 5.30 (2H, s), 4.77 (2H, d, J = 5.8 Hz).

実施例４０に記載の方法に準じ、参考例３０の化合物より表題化合物を得た。
LC-MS ([M+H]^＋/Rt (min))： 397.2/0.750 Example 41
5-Chloro-6- (hydroxymethyl) -N- [1- (3,4,5-trifluorobenzyl) -1H-imidazol-4-yl] nicotinamide

The title compound was obtained from the compound of Reference Example 30 according to the method described in Example 40.
LC-MS ([M + H] ⁺ / Rt (min)): 397.2 / 0.750

参考例３１に記載の方法に準じ、実施例３２の化合物より表題化合物を得た。
LC-MS ([M+H]^＋/Rt (min))： 391.3/0.671
¹H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆): δ10.96 (1H, s), 8.86 (1H, d, J = 1.8 Hz), 8.10 (1H, d, J = 1.8 Hz), 7.73-7.68 (3H, m), 7.64-7.59 (2H, m), 7.46 (1H, d, J = 1.8 Hz), 5.31 (2H, s), 5.12 (1H, t, J = 5.8 Hz), 4.60 (2H, d, J = 5.8 Hz), 2.35 (3H, s). Example 42
6- (Hydroxymethyl) -5-methyl-N- {1- [3- (trifluoromethyl) benzyl] -1H-imidazol-4-yl} nicotinamide

The title compound was obtained from the compound of Example 32 according to the method described in Reference Example 31.
LC-MS ([M + H] ⁺ / Rt (min)): 391.3 / 0.671
¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): δ10.96 (1H, s), 8.86 (1H, d, J = 1.8 Hz), 8.10 (1H, d, J = 1.8 Hz), 7.73-7.68 (3H, m), 7.64-7.59 (2H, m), 7.46 (1H, d, J = 1.8 Hz), 5.31 (2H, s), 5.12 (1H, t, J = 5.8 Hz), 4.60 (2H, m) d, J = 5.8 Hz), 2.35 (3H, s).

参考例２０に記載の方法に準じ、実施例３２の化合物より表題化合物を得た。
LC-MS ([M+H]^＋/Rt (min))： 403.3/0.744 Example 43
5-Ethenyl-6- (hydroxymethyl) -N- {1- [3- (trifluoromethyl) benzyl] -1H-imidazol-4-yl} nicotinamide

The title compound was obtained from the compound of Example 32 according to the method described in Reference Example 20.
LC-MS ([M + H] ⁺ / Rt (min)): 403.3 / 0.744

酸化白金（３０ｍｇ）の酢酸エチル（２ｍＬ）／メタノール（１ｍＬ）懸濁液に実施例４３の化合物（２７ｍｇ）を加え、水素雰囲気下、室温で４時間撹拌した。反応混合物をセライトでろ過し、酢酸エチルで洗浄した。ろ液を減圧濃縮し、得られた残渣をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー（ヘキサン／酢酸エチル，酢酸エチル／メタノール）にて精製し、表題化合物（１６ｍｇ）を得た。
LC-MS ([M+H]^＋/Rt (min))： 405.3/0.708 Example 44
5-Ethyl-6- (hydroxymethyl) -N- {1- [3- (trifluoromethyl) benzyl] -1H-imidazol-4-yl} nicotinamide

The compound of Example 43 (27 mg) was added to a suspension of platinum oxide (30 mg) in ethyl acetate (2 mL) / methanol (1 mL), and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 4 hours under a hydrogen atmosphere. The reaction mixture was filtered through Celite and washed with ethyl acetate. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the obtained residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane / ethyl acetate, ethyl acetate / methanol) to give the title compound (16 mg).
LC-MS ([M + H] ⁺ / Rt (min)): 405.3 / 0.708

参考例４１−６の化合物（１３ｍｇ）のＴＨＦ（０．５ｍＬ）／メタノール（０．５ｍＬ）懸濁液に２ｍｏｌ／Ｌ水酸化ナトリウム水溶液（０．０３１ｍＬ）を加え、６０℃で３時間撹拌し、９０℃でさらに６．５時間撹拌した。室温に冷却後、反応混合物に水を加え、室温で５分間撹拌した。析出した固体をろ取し、水で洗浄後、５０℃で減圧乾燥して表題化合物（７ｍｇ）を得た。
LC-MS ([M+H]^＋/Rt (min))： 392.2/0.647
¹H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆): δ10.79 (1H, s), 8.29 (1H, d, J = 1.8 Hz), 7.72-7.68 (3H, m), 7.64-7.581 (2H, m), 7.43 (1H, d, J = 1.2 Hz), 7.42 (1H, d, J = 1.8 Hz), 5.36 (2H, s), 5.30 (2H, s), 5.18 (1H, t, J = 5.5 Hz), 4.52 (2H, d, J = 5.5 Hz) Example 45
5-Amino-6- (hydroxymethyl) -N- {1- [3- (trifluoromethyl) benzyl] -1H-imidazol-4-yl} nicotinamide

A 2 mol / L sodium hydroxide aqueous solution (0.031 mL) was added to a THF (0.5 mL) / methanol (0.5 mL) suspension of the compound (13 mg) of Reference Example 41-6, and the mixture was stirred at 60 ° C. for 3 hours. , 90 ° C. for an additional 6.5 hours. After cooling to room temperature, water was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 5 minutes. The precipitated solid was collected by filtration, washed with water, and dried under reduced pressure at 50 ° C. to give the title compound (7 mg).
LC-MS ([M + H] ⁺ / Rt (min)): 392.2 / 0.647
¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): δ10.79 (1H, s), 8.29 (1H, d, J = 1.8 Hz), 7.72-7.68 (3H, m), 7.64-7.581 (2H, s) m), 7.43 (1H, d, J = 1.2 Hz), 7.42 (1H, d, J = 1.8 Hz), 5.36 (2H, s), 5.30 (2H, s), 5.18 (1H, t, J = 5.5) Hz), 4.52 (2H, d, J = 5.5 Hz)

実施例４５に記載の方法に準じ、参考例４２の化合物より表題化合物を得た。
LC-MS ([M+H]^＋/Rt (min))： 378.2/0.603 Example 46
5-Amino-6- (hydroxymethyl) -N- [1- (3,4,5-trifluorobenzyl) -1H-imidazol-4-yl] nicotinamide

The title compound was obtained from the compound of Reference Example 42 according to the method described in Example 45.
LC-MS ([M + H] ⁺ / Rt (min)): 378.2 / 0.603

参考例４６−２の化合物（２１９ｍｇ）に塩化水素（２ｍｏｌ／Ｌ ｉｎ メタノール，２ｍＬ）を加え、室温で１時間撹拌した。反応混合物に飽和炭酸水素ナトリウム水溶液、水、酢酸エチルを加えた後、室温で１０分間撹拌した。析出した固体をろ取し、水、ヘキサンで洗浄後、５０℃で減圧乾燥し、表題化合物（８４ｍｇ）を得た。
LC-MS ([M+H]^＋/Rt (min))： 383.2/0.769 Example 47
4- (Hydroxymethyl) -5-methyl-N- [1- (3,4,5-trifluorobenzyl) -1H-imidazol-4-yl] -1,3-thiazole-2-carboxamide

Hydrogen chloride (2 mol / Lin methanol, 2 mL) was added to the compound (219 mg) of Reference Example 46-2, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. A saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution, water and ethyl acetate were added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 10 minutes. The precipitated solid was collected by filtration, washed with water and hexane, and dried under reduced pressure at 50 ° C. to give the title compound (84 mg).
LC-MS ([M + H] ⁺ / Rt (min)): 383.2 / 0.769

実施例４７に記載の方法に準じ、参考例４７の化合物より表題化合物を得た。
LC-MS ([M+H]^＋/Rt (min))： 383.2/0.743 Example 48
5- (Hydroxymethyl) -4-methyl-N- [1- (3,4,5-trifluorobenzyl) -1H-imidazol-4-yl] -1,3-thiazole-2-carboxamide

The title compound was obtained from the compound of Reference Example 47 according to the method described in Example 47.
LC-MS ([M + H] ⁺ / Rt (min)): 383.2 / 0.743

参考例６０−５の化合物（２．４９ｇ）のメタノール（２５ｍＬ）溶液に２ｍｏｌ／Ｌ水酸化ナトリウム水溶液（６．８ｍＬ）を加え、室温で１時間撹拌した。反応液に４ｍｏｌ／Ｌ塩酸（２．１ｍＬ）を加え、ｐＨを８に調整した。反応混合物を減圧濃縮し得られた残渣のＴＨＦ（３０ｍＬ）懸濁液にＤＩＥＡ（１．４３ｍＬ）、クロロリン酸ジフェニル（１．７０ｍＬ）を加え、２時間撹拌した。ＤＩＥＡ（１．４３ｍＬ）、クロロリン酸ジフェニル（１．７０ｍＬ）を加え、さらに１時間撹拌した。ＤＩＥＡ（２．８６ｍＬ）、参考例６の化合物（１．９７ｇ）を加え、室温で２０時間撹拌した。２ｍｏｌ／Ｌ水酸化ナトリウム水溶液（１０ｍＬ）を加え、室温で２時間撹拌した。２ｍｏｌ／Ｌ水酸化ナトリウム水溶液（５ｍＬ）を加え、さらに１．５時間撹拌した。メタノール（１５ｍＬ）を加え、室温で１時間撹拌した。反応混合物を減圧濃縮し、残渣を水で希釈した後、酢酸エチルで抽出した。有機層を飽和炭酸ナトリウム水溶液、飽和食塩水にて洗浄し、硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥、ろ過後、減圧濃縮した。残渣をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー（ヘキサン／酢酸エチル、酢酸エチル／メタノール）にて精製し、表題化合物（１．８８ｇ）を得た。
LC-MS ([M+H]^＋/Rt (min))： 534.3/1.021 Example 49
5- (Difluoromethyl) -6-{[(4-Methoxybenzyl) oxy] methyl} -N- [1- (3,4,5-trifluorobenzyl) -1H-imidazol-4-yl] nicotinamide

A 2 mol / L sodium hydroxide aqueous solution (6.8 mL) was added to a methanol (25 mL) solution of the compound (2.49 g) of Reference Example 60-5, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. 4 mol / L hydrochloric acid (2.1 mL) was added to the reaction solution to adjust the pH to 8. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, DIEA (1.43 mL) and diphenyl chlorophosphate (1.70 mL) were added to a suspension of the obtained residue in THF (30 mL), and the mixture was stirred for 2 hours. DIEA (1.43 mL) and diphenyl chlorophosphate (1.70 mL) were added, and the mixture was further stirred for 1 hour. DIEA (2.86 mL) and the compound of Reference Example 6 (1.97 g) were added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 20 hours. A 2 mol / L aqueous sodium hydroxide solution (10 mL) was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. A 2 mol / L aqueous sodium hydroxide solution (5 mL) was added, and the mixture was further stirred for 1.5 hours. Methanol (15 mL) was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, the residue was diluted with water, and then extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with saturated aqueous sodium carbonate solution and saturated brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane / ethyl acetate, ethyl acetate / methanol) to give the title compound (1.88 g).
LC-MS ([M + H] ⁺ / Rt (min)): 534.3 / 1.021

実施例４９の化合物（１．８８ｇ）のクロロホルム（１０ｍＬ）溶液にＴＦＡ（２ｍＬ）を加え、室温で２時間撹拌した。反応液にＴＦＡ（３ｍＬ）を加え、さらに３時間撹拌した。反応混合物を減圧濃縮し、残渣に水、飽和炭酸ナトリウム水溶液を加え、クロロホルムで抽出した。有機層を飽和炭酸ナトリウム水溶液、飽和食塩水にて洗浄し、硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥、ろ過後、減圧濃縮した。残渣をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー（クロロホルム／メタノール）にて精製し、表題化合物（０．５３ｇ）を得た。
¹H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆): δ11.27 (1H, s), 9.17 (1H, s), 8.54 (1H, s), 7.71 (1H, s), 7.51 (1H, s), 7.42 (1H, t, J = 54.8 Hz), 7.37-7.33 (2H, m), 5.61 (1H, t, J = 5.8 Hz), 5.19 (2H, s), 4.75 (2H, d, J = 5.8 Hz).
LC-MS ([M+H]^＋/Rt (min)): 413.2/0.751 Example 50
5- (Difluoromethyl) -6- (Hydroxymethyl) -N- [1- (3,4,5-trifluorobenzyl) -1H-imidazol-4-yl] nicotinamide

TFA (2 mL) was added to a solution of compound (1.88 g) of Example 49 in chloroform (10 mL), and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. TFA (3 mL) was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was further stirred for 3 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, water and saturated aqueous sodium carbonate solution were added to the residue, and the mixture was extracted with chloroform. The organic layer was washed with saturated aqueous sodium carbonate solution and saturated brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (chloroform / methanol) to give the title compound (0.53 g).
¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): δ11.27 (1H, s), 9.17 (1H, s), 8.54 (1H, s), 7.71 (1H, s), 7.51 (1H, s) , 7.42 (1H, t, J = 54.8 Hz), 7.37-7.33 (2H, m), 5.61 (1H, t, J = 5.8 Hz), 5.19 (2H, s), 4.75 (2H, d, J = 5.8) Hz).
LC-MS ([M + H] ⁺ / Rt (min)): 413.2 / 0.751

Examples 51-52
The compounds of Examples 51 to 52 were obtained by using the raw material compounds corresponding to the compounds of Reference Example 4 according to the method described in Example 49.

参考例６５−２の化合物（３０ｍｇ）のＴＨＦ（２ｍＬ）溶液にメチルマグネシウムブロミド（０．９７ｍｏｌ／Ｌ ｉｎ ＴＨＦ，０．３６ｍＬ）を加え、室温で１．５時間撹拌した。メチルマグネシウムブロミド（０．９７ｍｏｌ／Ｌ ｉｎ ＴＨＦ，０．３６ｍＬ）を加え、室温でさらに１６時間撹拌した。反応混合物に飽和塩化アンモニウム水溶液を加え、酢酸エチルで抽出した。有機層を飽和食塩水にて洗浄し、無水硫酸ナトリウムにて乾燥、ろ過後、減圧濃縮した。得られた残渣をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー（クロロホルム／メタノール）にて精製し、表題化合物（１３ｍｇ）を得た。
LC-MS ([M+H]^＋/Rt (min)): 431.3/0.722
¹H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆)： δ10.62 (1H, s), 8.64 (1H, s), 7.92 (1H, dd, J = 8.2, 2.1 Hz), 7.70-7.57 (6H, m), 7.50 (1H, d, J = 15.9 Hz), 7.38 (1H, s), 6.92 (1H, d, J = 15.9 Hz), 5.29 (2H, s), 5.25 (1H, s), 1.43 (6H, s). Example 53
(2E) -3- [6- (2-Hydroxypropan-2-yl) Pyridine-3-yl] -N- {1- [3- (trifluoromethyl) benzyl] -1H-imidazol-4-yl} Prop-2-enamide

Methylmagnesium bromide (0.97 mol / L in THF, 0.36 mL) was added to a solution of the compound (30 mg) of Reference Example 65-2 in THF (2 mL), and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1.5 hours. Methylmagnesium bromide (0.97 mol / L in THF, 0.36 mL) was added, and the mixture was further stirred at room temperature for 16 hours. A saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The obtained residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (chloroform / methanol) to give the title compound (13 mg).
LC-MS ([M + H] ⁺ / Rt (min)): 431.3 / 0.722
¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): δ10.62 (1H, s), 8.64 (1H, s), 7.92 (1H, dd, J = 8.2, 2.1 Hz), 7.70-7.57 (6H, s) m), 7.50 (1H, d, J = 15.9 Hz), 7.38 (1H, s), 6.92 (1H, d, J = 15.9 Hz), 5.29 (2H, s), 5.25 (1H, s), 1.43 ( 6H, s).

Examples 54-55
According to the method described in Reference Example 1, the compounds of Examples 54 to 55 were obtained by using the compound of Reference Example 64-4 and the corresponding raw material compound.

Examples 56-84
According to the method described in Reference Example 1, the compounds of Examples 56 to 84 were obtained by using the compound of Reference Example 64-4 and the corresponding raw material compound.

実施例４０に記載の方法に準じ、参考例６８−２の化合物より表題化合物を得た。
LC-MS ([M+H]^＋/Rt (min))： 364.2/0.706 Example 85
6- (Hydroxymethyl) -N- [1- (3,4,5-trifluorobenzyl) -1H-imidazol-4-yl] pyridazine-3-carboxamide

The title compound was obtained from the compound of Reference Example 68-2 according to the method described in Example 40.
LC-MS ([M + H] ⁺ / Rt (min)): 364.2 / 0.706

参考例７２の化合物（３００ｍｇ）のｔ―ブタノール（６ｍＬ）／エタノール（３ｍＬ）懸濁液に水素化ホウ素ナトリウム （９７ｍｇ）を加え、反応混合物を氷冷下１．５時間、室温にて２時間撹拌した。水と飽和食塩水を加え、混合物を酢酸エチルで抽出した。有機層を飽和食塩水で洗浄し、硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥後、ろ過、減圧濃縮した。残渣に酢酸エチル／エタノール（１／１，２４ｍＬ）、活性炭（３００ｍｇ）を加え、８０℃で１時間撹拌した。混合物をセライトでろ過し、ろ上物を酢酸エチル／エタノール（１／１，２０ｍＬ）で洗浄した。ろ液を減圧濃縮して表題化合物の粗生成物（２１０ｍｇ）を得た。粗生成物をエタノール／酢酸エチル（１／１）より再結晶し、表題化合物を得た。
LC-MS ([M+H]^＋/Rt (min)): 413.2/0.751
¹H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆): δ11.27 (1H, s), 9.17 (1H, s), 8.54 (1H, s), 7.71 (1H, s), 7.51 (1H, s), 7.42 (1H, t, J = 54.8 Hz), 7.37-7.33 (2H, m), 5.61 (1H, t, J = 5.8 Hz), 5.19 (2H, s), 4.75 (2H, d, J = 5.8 Hz). Example 86
5- (Difluoromethyl) -6- (Hydroxymethyl) -N- [1- (3,4,5-trifluorobenzyl) -1H-imidazol-4-yl] Pyridine-3-carboxamide

Sodium borohydride (97 mg) was added to a t-butanol (6 mL) / ethanol (3 mL) suspension of the compound (300 mg) of Reference Example 72, and the reaction mixture was allowed to cool on ice for 1.5 hours and at room temperature for 2 hours. Stirred. Water and saturated brine were added, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with saturated brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. Ethyl acetate / ethanol (1 / 1,24 mL) and activated carbon (300 mg) were added to the residue, and the mixture was stirred at 80 ° C. for 1 hour. The mixture was filtered through Celite and the filtrate was washed with ethyl acetate / ethanol (1/1, 20 mL). The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to give a crude product (210 mg) of the title compound. The crude product was recrystallized from ethanol / ethyl acetate (1/1) to give the title compound.
LC-MS ([M + H] ⁺ / Rt (min)): 413.2 / 0.751
¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): δ11.27 (1H, s), 9.17 (1H, s), 8.54 (1H, s), 7.71 (1H, s), 7.51 (1H, s) , 7.42 (1H, t, J = 54.8 Hz), 7.37-7.33 (2H, m), 5.61 (1H, t, J = 5.8 Hz), 5.19 (2H, s), 4.75 (2H, d, J = 5.8) Hz).

The melting point was measured using Optimelt (heating rate: 1 ° C./min) manufactured by Stanford Research Systems. The results are shown in the table below.

Test Example 1: Cancer cell sphere formation suppression test As a reliable method established as a method for measuring cell self-renewal ability, which is one of the characteristics of CSC, cancer cells in a non-adherent state in the absence of serum Sphere forming ability measurement can be mentioned (Cancer Res 65, 5506-5511 (2005)). HCT-116 cells were obtained from the American Cell Culture Conservation Agency (ATCC). HCT-116 cells were cultured in McCoy's 5a medium containing 10% fetal bovine serum (FBS) and 1% penicillin / streptomycin at 37 ° C. in the presence of 5% CO ₂ . HCT-116 cells 2% B27 supplement (GIBCO), 20 ng / mL epithelial cell growth factor (EGF) (peprotech), 10 ng / mL basic fibroblast growth factor (bFGF) (peprotech), 5 μg / mL Inoculated on 384 Well Black Clear Bottom Ultra-Low Attachment Microplate (Corning Cat. No. 3827) at 350-800 cells / well in DMEM / F12 medium containing insulin (Sigma) and 1% penicillin / streptomycin. .. The test substance was added so that the final concentration of DMSO was 0.1%, and the cells were cultured for 4 days. Then, the number of viable cells was measured using the CellTiter-Glo® Luminescent Cell Viability Assay (Promega), and the concentration (Sphere IC50 value; μmol / L) that suppresses 50% cell growth of each test substance was calculated. ..

Each compound obtained in Example was subjected to the test shown in Test Example 1. The concentration of each test substance that suppresses 50% cell proliferation (Sphere IC ₅₀ value; μmol / L) is shown in the table below.

Test Example 2: Cancer cell sphere formation suppression test (in the presence of BSA)
HCT-116 cells were obtained from the American Cell Culture Conservation Agency (ATCC). HCT-116 cells were cultured in McCoy's 5a medium containing 10% fetal bovine serum (FBS) and 1% penicillin / streptomycin at 37 ° C. in the presence of 5% CO ₂ . HCT-116 cells, 2% B27 supplement (GIBCO), 20 ng / mL epithelial cell growth factor (EGF) (peprotech), 10 ng / mL basic fibroblast growth factor (bFGF) (peprotech), 5 μg / 384 Well Black Clear Bottom Ultra-Low Attachment Microplate (350-800 cells / well) in DMEM / F12 medium containing mL insulin (Sigma), 5% bovine serum albumin (BSA), 1% penicillin / streptomycin It was sown in Corning Cat. No. 3827). The test substance was added so that the final concentration of DMSO was 0.1%, and the cells were cultured for 4 days. Then, the number of viable cells was measured using the CellTiter-Glo® Luminescent Cell Viability Assay (Promega), and the concentration (Sphere IC ₅₀ value; μmol / L) that suppresses 50% cell growth of each test substance was calculated. did.

Each compound obtained in the examples was subjected to the test shown in Test Example 2. The concentration of each test substance that suppresses 50% cell proliferation (Sphere IC ₅₀ value; μmol / L) is shown in the table below.

Test example 3. Pharmacokinetic test using mice A single oral dose of 10 mg / kg or 100 mg / kg of a compound suspended in a 0.5% methylcellulose solution in 7-week-old mice (BALB / cAnNCrlCrlj, female, Charles Japan River). Administer. Blood is collected 0.5, 1, 2, 4, 8 and 24 hours after administration, and plasma is obtained by centrifugation. The bioavailability can be calculated by calculating the area under the plasma concentration-time curve (AUC) from this concentration transition and applying it to the following formula.
Bioavailability (%) = AUC after oral administration / AUC after intravenous administration x 100
For plasma, methanol was added to a final concentration of 80%, and the compound was detected by LC-MS / MS (API4000, AB SCIEX) after deproteinization by centrifugation and further filtering. , Quantify. For quantification, a calibration curve is prepared using mouse plasma supplemented with a known amount of compound, and Bezafibrate is used as an internal standard.

Test example 4. Drug efficacy evaluation test using cancer-bearing mice cell-transplanted with HCT-116 The compound of the present invention can be treated and the antitumor effect can be evaluated. Intradermally around the ventral side of 4-7 week old nude mice (BALB / cAnNCrj-nu / nu, female, Charles River Laboratories Japan) with HCT-116 cells (ATCC) at 3 × 106 cells / mouse. I transplanted it. After confirming the engraftment of HCT-116 cells 5 to 14 days after transplantation, the compound suspended in a solvent such as 0.5% methylcellulose solution is orally administered at a dose of 1 to 100 mg / kg once or twice a day. The tumor volume is measured over time from the start of administration, and the effect of reducing the tumor volume by compound administration is evaluated. The tumor volume can be calculated by the following formula using the minor axis and major axis of the tumor measured with an electronic caliper (Mitutoyo).
Tumor volume [mm ³ ] = 0.5 x minor axis [mm] x (major axis [mm]) ²
The control administration group to which only a solvent such as 0.5% methylcellulose solution was administered was compared with the compound administration group of the present invention, and the T / C was calculated by the following formula to evaluate the antitumor effect.
T / C (%) = (tumor volume at the end of administration of the compound administration group of the present invention-tumor volume at the start of administration of the compound administration group of the present invention) / (tumor volume at the end of administration of the control administration group-control administration group Tumor volume at the start of administration) x 100
The T / C (%) of the HCT-116-transplanted cancer-bearing mouse at each dose and administration period of the compound of the present invention is shown below.

The compound of the present invention exhibits an excellent inhibitory effect on cancer cell sphere formation ability and is useful as an orally administrable antitumor agent.

Claims (39)

Equation (1'):

[Wherein ring Q ¹ represents an optionally substituted C _6-10 aryl group, an optionally substituted C _3-10 cycloalkyl group or an optionally substituted 5-membered to 10-membered heterocyclic, Represents an aryl group;
R ¹ and R ² each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or a C _1-6 alkyl group (the group may be substituted with 1 to 3 halogen atoms of the same or different species). ;
W ¹ represents an _optionally substituted C _1-4 alkylene group;
W ² -Q ² is -NR ^3a C (O) -Q ² , -NR ^3a C (O) O-Q ² , -NR ^3a C (O) OCH ₂ -Q ² , -NR ^3a C (O) NR ^3b- Q ² , -NR ^3a C (O) NR ^3b CH _2- Q ² , -NR ^3a C (O) CH ₂ O-Q ² , -NR ^3a C (O) CH _2- Q ² , -NR ^3a C (O) CH ₂ CH _2- Q ² , -C (O) NR ^3a- Q ² , -C (O) NR ^3a CH _2- Q ² , -C (O) NR ^3a CH ₂ CH _2- Q ² , or -NR ^3a C (O) -CR ^3c = CR ^3d- Q ² (where R ^3a and R ^3b independently represent a hydrogen atom or C _1-6 alkyl group; R ^3c and R ^3d independently represents a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, or a C _1-6 alkyl group);
Ring ^{Q 2} is represents a 5-membered to 10-membered heteroaryl group;
W ³ represents an optionally substituted C _1-4 alkylene group, an optionally substituted C _3-4 alkenylene group, or an optionally substituted C _3-4 alquinylene group;
n represents 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5;
When there are a plurality of R ⁴ , they are independently hydrogen atom, halogen atom, C _1-6 alkyl group which may be substituted, C _1-6 alkoxy group which may be substituted, and may be substituted. good _{C 3-10} cycloalkyl group, an optionally substituted _{C 2-6} alkenyl group, an optionally substituted _{C 2-6} alkynyl group, a cyano group, a _{C 1-6} alkyl optionally substituted - Carbonyl group, optionally substituted C _1-6 alkylsulfonyl group, optionally substituted C _1-6 alkoxy-carbonyl group, optionally substituted C _1-6 alkyl-carbonylamino group, substituted which may be C _1-6 alkylsulfonylamino group, an optionally substituted C _1-6 alkoxy - carbonyl group, a C _1-6 alkyl optionally substituted - carbonyloxy group, optionally substituted Good amino group, optionally substituted aminocarbonyl group, optionally substituted aminosulfonyl group, optionally substituted 5- or 6-membered cyclic amino group, optionally substituted 5- or 6-membered Represents a member cyclic aminocarbonyl group, nitro group, or carboxyl group;
Here, if the R ⁴ and W ³ are attached to adjacent carbon atoms on ring Q ^2, to form a cycloalkane ring of 5-membered to 8-membered together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached Well;
R ⁵ is
(1) Hydroxy group,
(2) C _1-6 alkoxy group (the group is a halogen atom, hydroxy, C _1-6 alkoxy, and C _6-10 aryl (the group is a halogen atom, C _1-6 alkyl, and C _1-6). It may be substituted with 1 to 4 groups of the same or different species selected from the group consisting of alkoxy) and may be substituted with 1 to 3 groups of the same or different species selected from the group consisting of ),
(3) Amino group (the group may be substituted with one or two C _1-6 alkyls of the same or different species), or (4) C _1-6 alkyl-carbonylamino group (the alkyl is the same). Alternatively, it may be substituted with 1 to 3 different halogen atoms)], or a drug comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. Equation (1):

[Wherein ring Q ¹ represents an optionally substituted C _6-10 aryl group, an optionally substituted C _3-10 cycloalkyl group or an optionally substituted 5-membered to 10-membered heterocyclic, Represents an aryl group;
R ¹ and R ² each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or a C _1-6 alkyl group (the group may be substituted with 1 to 3 halogen atoms of the same or different species). ;
W ¹ represents an _optionally substituted C _1-4 alkylene group;
W ² -Q ² is -NR ^3a C (O) -Q ² , -NR ^3a C (O) O-Q ² , -NR ^3a C (O) OCH ₂ -Q ² , -NR ^3a C (O) NR ^3b- Q ² , -NR ^3a C (O) NR ^3b CH _2- Q ² , -NR ^3a C (O) CH ₂ O-Q ² , -NR ^3a C (O) CH _2- Q ² , -NR ^3a C (O) CH ₂ CH _2- Q ² , -C (O) NR ^3a- Q ² , -C (O) NR ^3a CH _2- Q ² , or -C (O) NR ^3a CH ₂ CH _2- Represents Q ² (where R ^3a and R ^3b independently represent a hydrogen atom or a C _1-6 alkyl group);
Ring ^{Q 2} is represents a 5-membered to 10-membered heteroaryl group;
W ³ represents an optionally substituted C _1-4 alkylene group, an optionally substituted C _3-4 alkenylene group, or an optionally substituted C _3-4 alquinylene group;
n represents 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5;
R ⁴ is, if there are a plurality of independently, a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an optionally substituted C _1-6 alkyl group, optionally substituted C _1-6 alkoxy group, optionally substituted good C _3-10 cycloalkyl group, an optionally substituted C _2-6 alkenyl group, an optionally substituted C _2-6 alkynyl group, a cyano group, or an optionally substituted amino group;
Here, if the R ⁴ and W ³ are attached to adjacent carbon atoms on ring Q ^2, to form a cycloalkane ring of 5-membered to 8-membered together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached Well;
R ⁵ is
(1) Hydroxy group,
(2) C _1-6 alkoxy group (the group is a halogen atom, hydroxy, C _1-6 alkoxy, and C _6-10 aryl (the group is a halogen atom, C _1-6 alkyl, and C _1-6). It may be substituted with 1 to 4 groups of the same or different species selected from the group consisting of alkoxy) and may be substituted with 1 to 3 groups of the same or different species selected from the group consisting of ),
(3) Amino group (the group may be substituted with one or two C _1-6 alkyls of the same or different species), or (4) C _1-6 alkyl-carbonylamino group (the alkyl is the same). Alternatively, it may be substituted with 1 to 3 different halogen atoms)], or a drug comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. Ring ^{Q 1} is,
(1) C _6-10 aryl group (the group is
(A) Halogen atom,
(B) C _1-6 alkyl (the group may be substituted with 1-3 groups of the same or different species selected from the group consisting of halogen atoms, hydroxys, and C _1-6 alkoxy),
(C) C _1-6 alkoxy (the group may be substituted with 1-3 groups of the same or different species selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, and C _1-6 alkoxy),
(D) Cyano,
(E) C _6-10 aryl (the group is substituted with 1 to 4 similar or heterologous groups selected from the group consisting of halogen atoms, C _1-6 alkyl, and C _1-6 alkoxy. May be good),
(F) 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl (the group is substituted with 1 to 4 groups of the same or different species selected from the group consisting of halogen atoms, C _1-6 alkyl, and C _1-6 alkoxy. May have been),
(G) C _6-10 aryloxy (the group is substituted with 1 to 4 groups of the same or different species selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, C _1-6 alkyl, and C _1-6 alkoxy. May be),
(H) Hydroxy,
(I) Amino (the group may be substituted with one or two C _1-6 alkyls of the same or different species),
(J) Aminocarbonyl (the amino may be substituted with one or two C _1-6 alkyls of the same or different species),
(K) C _1-6 Alkoxy-carbonyl (the alkoxy may be substituted with 1-3 groups of the same or different species selected from the group consisting of halogen atoms, hydroxys, and C _1-6 alkoxy. ),
(L) C _1-6 alkyl-carbonyl (the alkyl may be substituted with 1-3 groups of the same or different species selected from the group consisting of halogen atoms, hydroxys, and C _1-6 alkoxy. ),
(M) C _1-6 alkyl sulfonyl (the alkyl may be substituted with 1 to 3 groups of the same or different species selected from the group consisting of halogen atoms, hydroxys, and C _1-6 alkoxy). ,
(N) C _1-6 alkyl-carbonylamino, even if the alkyl is substituted with 1-3 groups of the same or different species selected from the group consisting of halogen atoms, hydroxys, and C _1-6 alkoxy. Good),
(O) C _1-6 alkylsulfonylamino (the alkyl may be substituted with 1-3 groups of the same or different species selected from the group consisting of halogen atoms, hydroxys, and C _1-6 alkoxys. ),
(P) C _1-6 alkoxy-carbonylamino, even if the alkoxy is substituted with 1-3 groups of the same or different species selected from the group consisting of halogen atoms, hydroxys, and C _1-6 alkoxy. Good),
(Q) C _1-6 alkyl-carbonyloxy, even if the alkyl is substituted with 1-3 groups of the same or different species selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, and C _1-6 alkoxy. Good),
(R) Aminosulfonyl (the amino may be substituted with one or two C _1-6 alkyls of the same or different species), and (s) C _3-10 cycloalkyl (the group is a halogen atom, It may be substituted with 1 to 4 groups of the same or different species selected from the group consisting of hydroxy and C _1-6 alkoxy).
It may be substituted with 1 to 5 groups of the same or different species selected from the group consisting of),
(2) C _3-10 cycloalkyl group (the group is replaced with 1 to 5 groups of the same type or different types selected from the group consisting of (a) to (s) of (1) above in this section. (3) A 5-membered to 10-membered heteroaryl group (the group is the same species or the same group selected from the group consisting of (a) to (s) of (1) above in this section. It may be substituted with 1 to 5 different groups);
W ¹ may be substituted with a C _1-4 alkylene group, which is the same or dissimilar 1 to 4 groups selected from the group consisting of halogen atoms, hydroxys, and C _1-6 alkoxys. ) And;
W ³
(1) C _1-4 alkylene group (the group may be substituted with 1 to 4 groups of the same type or different types selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, and C _1-6 alkoxy). ,
(2) C _3-4 alkenylene group (the group may be substituted with one or two halogen atoms of the same or different species), or (3) C _3-4 alquinylene group (the group may be the same or different). It may be replaced with one or two halogen atoms of);
R ⁴ is, if there are a plurality of independently,
(1) Hydrogen atom,
(2) Halogen atom,
(3) C _1-6 alkyl group (the group may be substituted with 1 to 3 groups of the same type or different types selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, and C _1-6 alkoxy). ,
(4) C _1-6 Alkoxy Group (The group may be substituted with 1 to 3 groups of the same type or different types selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, and C _1-6 alkoxy). ,
(5) C _3-10 cycloalkyl group (the group may be substituted with 1 to 4 groups of the same type or different types selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, and C _1-6 alkoxy. ),
(6) C _2-6 alkenyl group (the group may be substituted with one or two halogen atoms of the same type or different types),
(7) C _2-6 alkynyl group (the group may be substituted with one or two halogen atoms of the same type or different types),
It is (8) a cyano group, or (9) an amino group (the group may be substituted with one or two C _1-6 alkyls of the same or different species);
Here, if the R ⁴ and W ³ are attached to adjacent carbon atoms on ring Q ^2, to form a cycloalkane ring of 5-membered to 8-membered together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached The medicament according to claim 1 or 2. Ring ^{Q 1} is (1) phenyl group (said group,
(A) Halogen atom,
(B) C _1-6 alkyl (the group may be substituted with 1-3 groups of the same or different species selected from the group consisting of halogen atoms, hydroxys, and C _1-6 alkoxy),
(C) C _1-6 alkoxy (the group may be substituted with 1-3 groups of the same or different species selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, and C _1-6 alkoxy),
(D) Cyano,
(E) Phenyl (the group may be substituted with 1 to 4 groups of the same or different species selected from the group consisting of halogen atoms, C _1-6 alkyl, and C _1-6 alkoxy),
(F) 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl (the group is substituted with 1 to 4 groups of the same or different species selected from the group consisting of halogen atoms, C _1-6 alkyl, and C _1-6 alkoxy. (May be), and (g) phenoxy (the group is one to four groups of the same or different species selected from the group consisting of halogen atoms, C _1-6 alkyl, and C _1-6 alkoxy. May have been replaced)
It may be substituted with 1 to 5 groups of the same or different species selected from the group consisting of),
(2) C _3-7 cycloalkyl group (the group is replaced with 1 to 4 groups of the same type or different types selected from the group consisting of (a) to (g) of (1) above in this section. (May be), or (3) a pyridyl group (the group is 1 to 4 of the same or different species selected from the group consisting of (a) to (g) of (1) above in this section. May be substituted with a group)
The medicament according to any one of claims 1 to 3. Ring ^{Q 1} is a phenyl group (said group,
(A) Halogen atom,
(B) C _1-6 alkyl (the group may be substituted with 1-3 halogen atoms of the same or different species), and (c) C _1-6 alkoxy (the group may be 1 of the same or different). May be substituted with ~ 3 halogen atoms)
The medicament according to any one of claims 1 to 4, which may be substituted with 1 to 5 groups of the same type or different types selected from the group consisting of. W ¹ is replaced with a methylene group (the group may be substituted with one or two halogen atoms of the same or different species) or an ethylene group (the group is substituted with one or four halogen atoms of the same or different species). The medicament according to any one of claims 1 to 5, which may be used. W ^2- Q ² is -NR ^3a C (O) -Q ² , -NR ^3a C (O) CH ₂ O-Q ² , or -C (O) NR ^3a- Q ² (where R ^3a is , A hydrogen atom or a C _1-6 alkyl group), according to any one of claims 1 to 6. The medicament according to any one of claims 1 to 7, wherein W ^2- Q ² is -NHC (O) -Q ² or -C (O) NH-Q ² . Ring Q ² is a pyridyl group, pyrimidyl group, pyridazinyl group, pyrazinyl group, oxazolyl group, thiazolyl group, isoxazolyl group, isothiazolyl group, quinolinyl group, isoquinolinyl group, quinazolinyl group, or quinoxalinyl group, of claims 1 to 8 The drug according to any one item. Ring Q ² is a pyridyl group, pyridazinyl group, pyrazinyl group, oxazolyl group, thiazolyl group, isoxazolyl group or a quinolinyl group, medicament according to any one of claims 1-9. W ³ consists of a methylene group (the group may be substituted with one or two homologous or dissimilar halogen atoms) or an ethylene group (the group consists of a halogen atom, a hydroxy, and a C _1-6 alkoxy. It may be substituted with 1 to 4 groups of the same or different species selected from the group; R ⁵ is a hydroxy group, or a C _1-6 alkoxy group (the group is a halogen atom, hydroxy, The medicament according to any one of claims 1 to 10, wherein it may be substituted with 1 to 3 groups of the same type or different types selected from the group consisting of C _1-6 alkoxy. Equation (1') becomes Equation (1a'):

(In the formula, ring ^Q1a represents a phenyl group, a pyridyl group, or a cyclohexyl group;
m is 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5;
R ^11, when there are a plurality of independently,
(1) Hydrogen atom,
(2) Halogen atom,
(3) C _1-6 alkyl group (the group may be substituted with 1 to 3 halogen atoms of the same or different species), or (4) C _1-6 alkoxy group (the group may be the same or different). It may be substituted with 1 to 3 halogen atoms of);
R ¹ and R ² independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or a C _1-6 alkyl group (the group may be substituted with 1 to 3 halogen atoms of the same or different species);
W ^1a is a methylene group (the group may be substituted with 1 to 2 halogen atoms of the same or different species) or an ethylene group (the group is substituted with 1 to 4 halogen atoms of the same or different species). Represents (may be);
W ^2a −Q ^2a is −NR ^3a C (O) −Q ^2a , −NR ^3a C (O) CH ₂ O−Q ^2a , −C (O) NR ^3a −Q ^2a , or −NR ^3a C (O). ) -CH = CH-Q ^2a (where R ^3a represents a hydrogen atom or a C _1-6 alkyl group);
Ring Q ^2a represents a 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl group;
W ^3a consists of a methylene group (the group may be substituted with one or two halogen atoms of the same or different species) or an ethylene group (the group consists of a halogen atom, hydroxy, and C _1-6 alkoxy. It may be substituted with 1 to 4 groups of the same or different species selected from the group);
R ¹² and R ¹³ are independent of each other.
(1) Hydrogen atom,
(2) Halogen atom,
(3) C _1-6 alkyl group (the group may be substituted with 1 to 3 groups of the same type or different types selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, and C _1-6 alkoxy). ,
(4) C _1-6 Alkoxy Group (The group may be substituted with 1 to 3 groups of the same type or different types selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, and C _1-6 alkoxy). ,
(5) C _3-10 cycloalkyl group (the group may be substituted with 1 to 4 groups of the same type or different types selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, and C _1-6 alkoxy. ),
(6) C _2-6 alkenyl group (the group may be substituted with one or two halogen atoms of the same type or different types),
(7) C _2-6 alkynyl group (the group may be substituted with one or two halogen atoms of the same type or different types),
Represents (8) a cyano group, or (9) an amino group, which may be substituted with one or two C _1-6 alkyls of the same or different species;
Here, when R ¹³ and W ^3a are bonded to adjacent carbon atoms on the ring Q ^2a , they form a 5- or 6-membered cycloalkane ring together with the carbon atoms to which they are bonded. Well;
R ¹⁴ is substituted with a hydroxy group, or a C _1-6 alkoxy group, which is the same or dissimilar to 1 to 3 groups selected from the group consisting of halogen atoms, hydroxy, and C _1-6 alkoxy. The medicament according to claim 1, which is represented by). Equation (1') is the equation (1a):

(In the formula, ring ^Q1a represents a phenyl group, a pyridyl group, or a cyclohexyl group;
m is 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5;
R ^11, when there are a plurality of independently,
(1) Hydrogen atom,
(2) Halogen atom,
(3) C _1-6 alkyl group (the group may be substituted with 1 to 3 halogen atoms of the same or different species), or (4) C _1-6 alkoxy group (the group may be the same or different). It may be substituted with 1 to 3 halogen atoms of);
R ¹ and R ² independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or a C _1-6 alkyl group (the group may be substituted with 1 to 3 halogen atoms of the same or different species);
W ^1a is a methylene group (the group may be substituted with 1 to 2 halogen atoms of the same or different species) or an ethylene group (the group is substituted with 1 to 4 halogen atoms of the same or different species). Represents (may be);
W ^2a −Q ^2a is −NR ^3a C (O) −Q ^2a , −NR ^3a C (O) CH ₂ O−Q ^2a , or −C (O) NR ^3a −Q ^2a (where R ^3a is Represents a hydrogen atom or a C _1-6 alkyl group);
Ring Q ^2a represents a 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl group;
W ^3a consists of a methylene group (the group may be substituted with one or two halogen atoms of the same or different species) or an ethylene group (the group consists of a halogen atom, hydroxy, and C _1-6 alkoxy. It may be substituted with 1 to 4 groups of the same or different species selected from the group);
R ¹² and R ¹³ are independent of each other.
(1) Hydrogen atom,
(2) Halogen atom,
(3) C _1-6 alkyl group (the group may be substituted with 1 to 3 groups of the same type or different types selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, and C _1-6 alkoxy). ,
(4) C _1-6 Alkoxy Group (The group may be substituted with 1 to 3 groups of the same type or different types selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, and C _1-6 alkoxy). ,
(5) C _3-10 cycloalkyl group (the group may be substituted with 1 to 4 groups of the same type or different types selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, and C _1-6 alkoxy. ),
(6) C _2-6 alkenyl group (the group may be substituted with one or two halogen atoms of the same type or different types),
(7) C _2-6 alkynyl group (the group may be substituted with one or two halogen atoms of the same type or different types),
Represents (8) a cyano group, or (9) an amino group, which may be substituted with one or two C _1-6 alkyls of the same or different species;
Here, when R ¹³ and W ^3a are bonded to adjacent carbon atoms on the ring Q ^2a , they form a 5- or 6-membered cycloalkane ring together with the carbon atoms to which they are bonded. Well;
R ¹⁴ is substituted with a hydroxy group, or a C _1-6 alkoxy group, which is the same or dissimilar to 1 to 3 groups selected from the group consisting of halogen atoms, hydroxy, and C _1-6 alkoxy. The medicament according to claim 1, which is represented by). The medicament according to claim 12 or 13, wherein the ring ^Q1a is a phenyl group. The medicament according to any one of claims 12 to 14, wherein W ^2a −Q ^2a is −NHC (O) −Q ^2a . The medicament according to any one of claims 12 to 15, wherein the ring Q ^2a is a pyridyl group, a pyrimidyl group, a pyridadyl group, a pyrazil group, an oxazolyl group, a thiazolyl group, an isoxazolyl group, or an isothiazolyl group. The medicament according to any one of claims 12 to 15, wherein the ring Q ^2a is a pyridyl group, a pyridadyl group, a pyrazil group, an oxazolyl group, a thiazolyl group, or an isoxazolyl group. The medicament according to any one of claims 12 to 15, wherein the ring Q ^2a is a pyridyl group. R ¹² and R ¹³ independently
(1) Hydrogen atom,
(2) Halogen atom,
(3) C _1-6 alkyl group (the group may be substituted with 1 to 3 groups of the same type or different types selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, and C _1-6 alkoxy). ,
(4) C _1-6 Alkoxy Group (The group may be substituted with 1 to 3 groups of the same type or different types selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, and C _1-6 alkoxy). ,
(5) C _2-6 alkenyl group (the group may be substituted with one or two halogen atoms of the same or different species), or (6) amino group (the group may be one or two of the same or different species). The medicament according to any one of claims 12 to 18, which may be substituted with C _1-6 alkyls). R ¹² and R ¹³ independently
(1) Hydrogen atom,
(2) Halogen atom,
(3) C _1-6 alkyl group (the group may be substituted with 1 to 3 groups of the same type or different types selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, and C _1-6 alkoxy). , Or (4) the medicament according to any one of claims 12 to 19, which is an amino group. R ¹³ is a halogen atom, a C _1-6 alkyl group (the group may be substituted with 1 to 3 halogen atoms of the same or different species), or an amino group; R ¹² is a hydrogen atom. , The medicament according to any one of claims 12 to 20. The medicament according to claims 12 to 21, wherein W ^3a is a methylene group (the group may be substituted with one or two homologous or dissimilar halogen atoms); and R ¹⁴ is a hydroxy group. The medicament according to any one of claims 1 to 22, wherein R ¹ and R ² are hydrogen atoms. Equation (1') becomes Equation (1b):

(In the equation, X ¹ represents N or CR ²⁶ ;
X ² represents N or CR ²⁸ ;
Here, at least one of X ¹ and X ² is N;
R ²¹ , R ²² , R ²³ , R ²⁴ and R ²⁵ are independent of each other.
(1) Hydrogen atom,
(2) Halogen atom,
(3) C _1-6 alkyl group (the group may be substituted with 1 to 3 halogen atoms of the same or different species), or (4) C _1-6 alkoxy group (the group may be the same or different). It may be substituted with 1 to 3 halogen atoms of);
W ^2b represents -NHC (O)-or-C (O) NH-;
R ²⁶ , R ²⁷ , R ²⁸ and R ²⁹ are independent of each other.
(1) Hydrogen atom,
(2) Halogen atom,
(3) C _1-6 alkyl group (the group may be substituted with 1 to 3 groups of the same type or different types selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, and C _1-6 alkoxy). ,
(4) C _1-6 Alkoxy Group (The group may be substituted with 1 to 3 groups of the same type or different types selected from the group consisting of halogen atom, hydroxy, and C _1-6 alkoxy). ,
(5) C _2-6 alkenyl group (the group may be substituted with one or two halogen atoms of the same or different species), or (6) amino group (the group may be one or two of the same or different species). The medicament according to claim 1, which represents (may be substituted with C _1-6 alkyl). The medicament according to claim 24, wherein R ²² is a halogen atom or a C _1-6 alkyl group (the group may be substituted with 1 to 3 halogen atoms of the same type or different types). The medicament according to claim 24, wherein R ²² is a halogen atom or a trifluoromethyl group. R ²¹ , R ²³ , R ²⁴ and R ²⁵ are independent of each other.
(1) Hydrogen atom,
Any of claims 24-26, which are (2) a halogen atom or (3) a C _1-6 alkyl group (the group may be substituted with 1 to 3 halogen atoms of the same or different species). The drug described in paragraph 1. The medicament according to any one of claims 24 to 27, wherein W ^2b is −NHC (O) −. The medicament according to any one of claims 24 to 28, wherein X ¹ is N. The medicament according to any one of claims 24 to 29, wherein X ¹ is N; X ² is CH. R ²⁷ is a halogen atom, a C _1-6 alkyl group (the group may be substituted with 1 to 3 halogen atoms of the same or different species), or an amino group; R ²⁹ is a hydrogen atom. , The medicament according to any one of claims 24 to 30. The medicament according to any one of claims 24 to 31, wherein R ²⁷ is a methyl group substituted with 1 to 3 fluorines; and R ²⁹ is a hydrogen atom. The medicament according to claim 1, wherein the compound represented by the formula (1') is selected from the following compounds or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
6- (Hydroxymethyl) -N- [1- (3,4,5-trifluorobenzyl) -1H-imidazol-4-yl] nicotinamide,
6- (Hydroxymethyl) -N- {1- [3- (trifluoromethyl) benzyl] -1H-imidazol-4-yl} nicotinamide,
5- (Difluoromethyl) -6- (Hydroxymethyl) -N- {1- [3- (trifluoromethyl) benzyl] -1H-imidazol-4-yl} nicotinamide,
5- (Difluoromethyl) -6- (Hydroxymethyl) -N- [1- (3,4,5-trifluorobenzyl) -1H-imidazol-4-yl] nicotinamide,
6- (Hydroxymethyl) -5- (Trifluoromethyl) -N- {1- [3- (trifluoromethyl) benzyl] -1H-imidazol-4-yl} nicotinamide,
6- (Hydroxymethyl) -5-methyl-N- [1- (3,4,5-trifluorobenzyl) -1H-imidazol-4-yl] nicotinamide,
6- (Hydroxymethyl) -5-methyl-N- {1- [3- (trifluoromethyl) benzyl] -1H-imidazol-4-yl} nicotinamide,
5-Amino-6- (hydroxymethyl) -N- {1- [3- (trifluoromethyl) benzyl] -1H-imidazol-4-yl} nicotinamide,
5-Amino-6- (hydroxymethyl) -N- [1- (3,4,5-trifluorobenzyl) -1H-imidazol-4-yl] nicotinamide,
N- [1- (3,4-difluorobenzyl) -1H-imidazol-4-yl] -5- (difluoromethyl) -6- (hydroxymethyl) nicotinamide,
N- [1- (3-chlorobenzyl) -1H-imidazol-4-yl] -5- (difluoromethyl) -6- (hydroxymethyl) nicotinamide,
5- (Difluoromethyl) -N- {1- [4-fluoro-3- (trifluoromethyl) benzyl] -1H-imidazol-4-yl} -6- (hydroxymethyl) nicotinamide,
5- (Difluoromethyl) -N- {1- [3-fluoro-5- (trifluoromethyl) benzyl] -1H-imidazol-4-yl} -6- (hydroxymethyl) nicotinamide,
N- [1- (3-Chloro-4-fluorobenzyl) -1H-imidazol-4-yl] -5- (difluoromethyl) -6- (hydroxymethyl) nicotinamide,
N- [1- (3-Bromo-4-fluorobenzyl) -1H-imidazol-4-yl] -5- (difluoromethyl) -6- (hydroxymethyl) nicotinamide,
5- (Difluoromethyl) -6- (Hydroxymethyl) -N- {1- [3-methoxy-5- (trifluoromethyl) benzyl] -1H-imidazol-4-yl} nicotinamide,
5- (Difluoromethyl) -6- (Hydroxymethyl) -N- {1- [4-methyl-3- (trifluoromethyl) benzyl] -1H-imidazol-4-yl} nicotinamide,
N- [1- (3,4-dichlorobenzyl) -1H-imidazol-4-yl] -5- (difluoromethyl) -6- (hydroxymethyl) nicotinamide,
N- [1- (3,5-dichlorobenzyl) -1H-imidazol-4-yl] -5- (difluoromethyl) -6- (hydroxymethyl) nicotinamide,
N- [1- (3-Bromo-5-fluorobenzyl) -1H-imidazol-4-yl] -5- (difluoromethyl) -6- (hydroxymethyl) nicotinamide,
N- [1- (3-Chloro-5-fluorobenzyl) -1H-imidazol-4-yl] -5- (difluoromethyl) -6- (hydroxymethyl) nicotinamide,
N- [1- (3,5-difluorobenzyl) -1H-imidazol-4-yl] -5- (difluoromethyl) -6- (hydroxymethyl) nicotinamide, and 6- (hydroxymethyl) -N- [ 1- (3,4,5-trifluorobenzyl) -1H-imidazol-4-yl] pyridazine-3-carboxamide. A pharmaceutical composition containing the pharmaceutical and pharmaceutically acceptable additives according to any one of claims 1-3. An antitumor agent containing the medicament according to any one of claims 1-3. The tumors are acute leukemia, chronic lymphocytic leukemia, chronic myeloid leukemia, true polyemia, malignant lymphoma, myeloma, brain tumor, head and neck cancer, esophageal cancer, thyroid cancer, small cell lung cancer, non-small cell lung cancer. , Breast cancer, stomach cancer, cholecyst / bile duct cancer, liver cancer, pancreatic cancer, colon cancer, rectal cancer, ovarian cancer, chorionic villi epithelial cancer, uterine body cancer, cervical cancer, urinary tract cancer The antitumor agent according to claim 35, which is, renal cell carcinoma, prostate cancer, testicular tumor, Wilms tumor, malignant melanoma, neuroblastoma, osteosarcoma, Ewing sarcoma, or soft sarcoma. Use of the compound according to any one of claims 1 to 33 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof for producing a therapeutic agent for cancer. A pharmaceutical composition comprising the compound according to any one of claims 1 to 33 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, which is used for the treatment of cancer. The medicament according to any one of claims 1 to 33, for use in the treatment of cancer.